]> git.ipfire.org Git - people/ms/u-boot.git/blame - README
arc: add empty asm/processor.h to satisfy compilation of USB code
[people/ms/u-boot.git] / README
CommitLineData
c609719b 1#
eca3aeb3 2# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
c609719b
WD
3# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
eca3aeb3 5# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
c609719b
WD
6#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
24ee89b9 11This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
e86e5a07
WD
12Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
c609719b
WD
16
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
24ee89b9
WD
18the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
c609719b
WD
20support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
24ee89b9 34Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
c609719b
WD
35"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
24ee89b9 37In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
27af930e 38who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
218ca724 39maintainers.
c609719b 40
adb9d851
RD
41Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
c609719b
WD
46
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
24ee89b9
WD
50In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
0c32565f
PT
52<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
c609719b
WD
56
57
218ca724
WD
58Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
11ccc33f 66any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
218ca724
WD
67available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
d4ee711d 70Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
218ca724
WD
71ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
c609719b
WD
74Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
24ee89b9 78- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
c609719b
WD
79- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
11ccc33f 86 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
24ee89b9 87- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
c609719b 88- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
24ee89b9 89- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
0d28f34b 90- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
24ee89b9
WD
91
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
c609719b
WD
113
114
93f19cc0
WD
115Versioning:
116===========
117
360d883a
TW
118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
124
125Examples:
c0f40859 126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
360d883a
TW
127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
93f19cc0
WD
129
130
c609719b
WD
131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
8d321b81 134/arch Architecture specific files
6eae68e4
MY
135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs
138 /lib Architecture specific library files
8d321b81
PT
139 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
140 /cpu CPU specific files
141 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
142 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
6eb0921a 143 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
a9046b9e
WD
144 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
145 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
8d321b81
PT
146 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
147 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
8d321b81 148 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
8d321b81
PT
149 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
154 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /lib Architecture specific library files
8d321b81
PT
157 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
158 /cpu CPU specific files
159 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
160 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
161 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
162 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
163 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
167 /lib Architecture specific library files
168 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
169 /cpu CPU specific files
92bbd64e 170 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
6eae68e4 171 /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs
8d321b81 172 /lib Architecture specific library files
afc1ce82
ML
173 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
8d321b81
PT
177 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
33c7731b
RD
180 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
a47a12be 183 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
8d321b81 184 /cpu CPU specific files
8d321b81
PT
185 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
186 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
187 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
8d321b81
PT
188 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
189 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
190 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
191 /lib Architecture specific library files
192 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
193 /cpu CPU specific files
194 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
195 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
196 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
197 /lib Architecture specific library files
198 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
199 /cpu CPU specific files
200 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
201 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
202 /lib Architecture specific library files
33c7731b
RD
203 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
204 /cpu CPU specific files
205 /lib Architecture specific library files
8d321b81
PT
206/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
207/board Board dependent files
208/common Misc architecture independent functions
209/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
210/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
211/drivers Commonly used device drivers
33c7731b 212/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
8d321b81
PT
213/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
214/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
215/include Header Files
216/lib Files generic to all architectures
217 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
218 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
219 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
220/net Networking code
221/post Power On Self Test
33c7731b 222/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
8d321b81 223/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
c609719b 224
c609719b
WD
225Software Configuration:
226=======================
227
228Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
229rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
230
231There are two classes of configuration variables:
232
233* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
234 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
235 "CONFIG_".
236
237* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
238 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
239 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
6d0f6bcf 240 "CONFIG_SYS_".
c609719b
WD
241
242Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
243identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
244do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
245links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
246as an example here.
247
248
249Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
250---------------------------------------------------
251
252For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
ab584d67 253configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
c609719b
WD
254
255Example: For a TQM823L module type:
256
257 cd u-boot
ab584d67 258 make TQM823L_defconfig
c609719b 259
11ccc33f 260For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
ab584d67 261e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_defconfig". And also configure the cogent
c609719b
WD
262directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
263
264
75b3c3aa
SG
265Sandbox Environment:
266--------------------
267
268U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
269board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
270specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
271run some of U-Boot's tests.
272
6b1978f8 273See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
75b3c3aa
SG
274
275
db910353
SG
276Board Initialisation Flow:
277--------------------------
278
279This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
280SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules). At present SPL
281mostly uses a separate code path, but the funtion names and roles of each
282function are the same. Some boards or architectures may not conform to this.
283At least most ARM boards which use CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
284
285Execution starts with start.S with three functions called during init after
286that. The purpose and limitations of each is described below.
287
288lowlevel_init():
289 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
290 - no global_data or BSS
291 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
292 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
293 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
294 board_init_f()
295 - this is almost never needed
296 - return normally from this function
297
298board_init_f():
299 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
300 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
301 - global_data is available
302 - stack is in SRAM
303 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
304 only stack variables and global_data
305
306 Non-SPL-specific notes:
307 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
308 can do nothing
309
310 SPL-specific notes:
311 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
312 version as needed.
313 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
314 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
315 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
316 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
317 directly)
318
319Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
320this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
321CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
322memory.
323
324board_init_r():
325 - purpose: main execution, common code
326 - global_data is available
327 - SDRAM is available
328 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
329 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
330
331 Non-SPL-specific notes:
332 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
333 there.
334
335 SPL-specific notes:
336 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
337 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
338 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
339 done by defining CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
340 spl_board_init() function containing this call
341 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
342
343
344
c609719b
WD
345Configuration Options:
346----------------------
347
348Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
349such information is kept in a configuration file
350"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
351
352Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
353"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
354
355
7f6c2cbc
WD
356Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
357kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
358build a config tool - later.
359
360
c609719b
WD
361The following options need to be configured:
362
2628114e
KP
363- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
364
365- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
6ccec449
WD
366
367- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
09ea0de0 368 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
c609719b
WD
369
370- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
371 Define exactly one of
372 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
373--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
374 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
375 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
376
377- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
378 Define exactly one of
379 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
380
381- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
382 Define one or more of
383 CONFIG_CMA302
384
385- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
386 Define one or more of
387 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
11ccc33f 388 the LCD display every second with
c609719b
WD
389 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
390
cf946c6d
LW
391- Marvell Family Member
392 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
393 multiple fs option at one time
394 for marvell soc family
395
11ccc33f 396- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
66ca92a5
WD
397 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
398 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
5da627a4
WD
399 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
400 reference PIT/RTC clock
66ca92a5
WD
401 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
402 or XTAL/EXTAL)
c609719b 403
66ca92a5 404- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
405 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
406 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
66ca92a5 407 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
75d1ea7f
WD
408 See doc/README.MPC866
409
6d0f6bcf 410 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
75d1ea7f 411
ba56f625
WD
412 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
413 of relying on the correctness of the configured
414 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
415 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
416 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
6d0f6bcf 417 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
75d1ea7f 418
506f3918
HS
419 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
420
421 Define this option if you want to enable the
422 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
423
66412c63 424- 85xx CPU Options:
ffd06e02
YS
425 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
426
427 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
428 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
429 compliance, among other possible reasons.
430
66412c63
KG
431 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
432
433 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
434 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
435 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
436
8f29084a
KG
437 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
438
439 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
440 tree nodes for the given platform.
441
afa6b551
PK
442 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
443
444 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
445 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
446 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
447 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
448 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
449 purpose.
450
33eee330
SW
451 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
452
453 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
454 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
455 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
456
457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
458 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
459
460 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
461 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
462
463 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
464 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
465 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
466 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
467
468 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
469 this erratum.
470
74fa22ed
PK
471 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
472 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
b445bbb4 473 required during NOR boot.
74fa22ed 474
9f074e67
PK
475 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
476 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
b445bbb4 477 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
9f074e67 478
33eee330
SW
479 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
480
481 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
482 according to the A004510 workaround.
483
64501c66
PJ
484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
485 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
486 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
487
765b0bdb
PJ
488 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
489 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
490 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
491
64501c66
PJ
492 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
493 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
494 connected to the DSP core.
495
765b0bdb
PJ
496 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
497 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
498
b135991a
PJ
499 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
500 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
501 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
502 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
503
fb4a2409
AB
504 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
505 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
506 time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
507
aade2004 508 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
b445bbb4 509 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
aade2004
TY
510 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
511
6cb461b4 512- Generic CPU options:
2a1680e3
YS
513 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
514 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
515 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
516 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
517 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
518
6cb461b4
DS
519 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
520
521 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
522 values is arch specific.
523
5614e71b
YS
524 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
525 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
526 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
527 SoCs.
528
529 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
530 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
531
532 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
533 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
534 deskew training are not available.
535
536 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
537 Freescale DDR1 controller.
538
539 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
540 Freescale DDR2 controller.
541
542 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
543 Freescale DDR3 controller.
544
34e026f9
YS
545 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
546 Freescale DDR4 controller.
547
9ac4ffbd
YS
548 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
549 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
550
5614e71b
YS
551 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
552 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
553 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
554 implemetation.
555
556 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
557 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
558 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
559 implementation.
560
561 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
562 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
34e026f9
YS
563 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
564
565 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
566 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
567 DDR3L controllers.
568
569 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
570 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
571 DDR4 controllers.
5614e71b 572
1b4175d6
PK
573 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
574 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
575
576 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
577 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
578
690e4258
PK
579 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
580 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
581 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
582
583 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
584 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
585 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
586 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
587
89ad7be8
PK
588 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
589 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
590 concatenated with u-boot binary.
591
4e5b1bd0
YS
592 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
593 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
594
595 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
596 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
597
6b9e309a
YS
598 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
599 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
600 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
601 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
602
6b1e1254
YS
603 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
604 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
605 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
606 SoCs with ARM core.
607
1d71efbb
YS
608 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
609 Number of controllers used as main memory.
610
611 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
612 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
613
028dbb8d
RG
614 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
615 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
616
617 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
618 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
619
0b953ffc 620- Intel Monahans options:
6d0f6bcf 621 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
0b953ffc
MK
622
623 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
624 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
625 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
626
6d0f6bcf 627 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
cf48eb9a 628
0b953ffc
MK
629 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
630 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
cf48eb9a 631 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
0b953ffc 632 by this value.
cf48eb9a 633
92bbd64e
DS
634- MIPS CPU options:
635 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
636
637 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
638 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
639 relocation.
640
641 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
642
643 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
644 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
645 Possible values are:
646 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
647 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
648 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
649 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
650 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
651 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
652 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
653 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
654
655 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
656
657 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
658 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
659
660 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
661
662 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
663 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
664 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
665
b67d8816
CR
666- ARM options:
667 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
668
669 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
670 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
671
5356f545
A
672 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
673
674 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
675 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
676 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
677 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
678 GCC.
679
c5d4752c 680 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
0678587f
SW
681 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
682 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
683 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
b7588e3b 684 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
e392b923
IC
685 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_773022
686 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_774769
687 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
0678587f
SW
688
689 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
690 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
691 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
692 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
693 set these options unless they apply!
694
207774b2
YS
695 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
696 Generic timer clock source frequency.
697
698 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
699 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
700 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
701 at run time.
702
c616a0df
NM
703 NOTE: The following can be machine specific errata. These
704 do have ability to provide rudimentary version and machine
705 specific checks, but expect no product checks.
5902f4ce 706 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_430973
b45c48a7 707 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_454179
9b4d65f9 708 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_621766
c616a0df 709 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_798870
a615d0be 710 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_801819
c616a0df 711
73c38934
SW
712- Tegra SoC options:
713 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
714
715 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
716 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
717 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
718
5da627a4 719- Linux Kernel Interface:
c609719b
WD
720 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
721
722 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
723 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
724 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
725 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
726 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
727 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
728 Linux kernel.
c609719b 729 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
218ca724 730 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
c609719b
WD
731 default environment.
732
5da627a4
WD
733 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
734
b445bbb4 735 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
5da627a4
WD
736 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
737 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
738
fec6d9ee 739 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
f57f70aa
WD
740
741 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
213bf8c8
GVB
742 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
743 concepts).
744
745 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
746 * New libfdt-based support
747 * Adds the "fdt" command
3bb342fc 748 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
213bf8c8 749
b55ae402
MZ
750 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
751 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
752 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
753 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
f57f70aa 754 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
c2871f03 755 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
f57f70aa 756
11ccc33f
MZ
757 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
758 addresses
3bb342fc 759
4e253137
KG
760 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
761
762 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
763 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
f57f70aa 764
c654b517
SG
765 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
766
767 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
768 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
769 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
770 the kernel.
771
0267768e
MM
772 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
773
11ccc33f 774 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
0267768e
MM
775 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
776
3887c3fb
HS
777 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
778
779 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
780 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
781 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
782 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
783 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
784 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
785
7eb29398
IG
786 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
787
788 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
789 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
790 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
791 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
792 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
793 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
794 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
795
0b2f4eca
NG
796- vxWorks boot parameters:
797
798 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
9e98b7e3
BM
799 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask,
800 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs.
0b2f4eca
NG
801 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
802
0b2f4eca
NG
803 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
804 the defaults discussed just above.
805
2c451f78
A
806- Cache Configuration:
807 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
808 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
809 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
810
93bc2193
A
811- Cache Configuration for ARM:
812 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
813 controller
814 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
815 controller register space
816
6705d81e 817- Serial Ports:
48d0192f 818 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
6705d81e
WD
819
820 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
821
48d0192f 822 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
6705d81e
WD
823
824 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
825
826 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
827
828 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
829 the clock speed of the UARTs.
830
831 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
832
833 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
834 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
835 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
836
d57dee57
KM
837 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
838
839 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
840 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
6705d81e 841
c609719b 842- Console Interface:
43d9616c
WD
843 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
844 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
845 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
846 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
c609719b
WD
847
848 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
849 port routines must be defined elsewhere
850 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
851
852 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
853 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
c53043b7 854 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
c609719b
WD
855 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
856 (default big endian)
857 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
858 rectangle fill
859 (cf. smiLynxEM)
860 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
861 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
862 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
863 (cols=pitch)
ba56f625
WD
864 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
865 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
c609719b
WD
866 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
867 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
ba56f625 868 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
c609719b
WD
869 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
870 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
871 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
872 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
873 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
874 (i.e. i8042_getc)
875 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
876 (requires blink timer
877 cf. i8042.c)
6d0f6bcf 878 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
c609719b
WD
879 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
880 upper right corner
602ad3b3 881 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
c609719b
WD
882 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
883 upper left corner
a6c7ad2f
WD
884 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
885 linux_logo.h for logo.
886 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
c609719b 887 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
11ccc33f 888 additional board info beside
c609719b
WD
889 the logo
890
33a35bbb
PR
891 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
892 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
893 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
894
43d9616c
WD
895 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
896 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
897 environment 'console=serial'.
c609719b 898
d4ca31c4
WD
899 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
900 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
901 the "silent" environment variable. See
902 doc/README.silent for more information.
a3ad8e26 903
45ae2546
HS
904 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
905 is 0x00.
906 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
907 is 0xa0.
908
c609719b
WD
909- Console Baudrate:
910 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
911 Select one of the baudrates listed in
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
912 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
913 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
c609719b 914
c92fac91
HS
915- Console Rx buffer length
916 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
917 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
2b3f12c2 918 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
c92fac91
HS
919 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
920 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
921 the SMC.
922
9558b48a 923- Pre-Console Buffer:
4cf2609b
WD
924 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
925 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
926 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
927 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
928 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
929 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
930 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
6feff899 931 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
4cf2609b
WD
932 earlier bytes are discarded.
933
a8552c7c
HG
934 Note that when printing the buffer a copy is made on the
935 stack so CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ must fit on the stack.
936
4cf2609b
WD
937 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
938 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
9558b48a 939
046a37bd
SR
940- Safe printf() functions
941 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
942 the printf() functions. These are defined in
943 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
944 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
945 If this option is not given then these functions will
946 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
947 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
948
c609719b
WD
949- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
950 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
951 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
93d7212f
JH
952 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
953 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
c609719b
WD
954
955 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
956 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
957 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
958 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
959 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
960 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
961 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
962 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
c609719b
WD
963 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
964 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
965
966- Autoboot Command:
967 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
968 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
969 define a command string that is automatically executed
970 when no character is read on the console interface
971 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
972
973 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
43d9616c
WD
974 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
975 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
976 environment value "bootargs".
c609719b
WD
977
978 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
43d9616c
WD
979 The value of these goes into the environment as
980 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
981 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
11ccc33f 982 RAM and NFS.
c609719b 983
eda0ba38
HS
984- Bootcount:
985 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
986 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
987 cycle, see:
988 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
989
990 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
991 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
992 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
993 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
994 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
995 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
996 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
997 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
998 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
999
c609719b
WD
1000- Pre-Boot Commands:
1001 CONFIG_PREBOOT
1002
1003 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
1004 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
1005 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
1006 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
1007 entering interactive mode.
1008
1009 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
1010 automatically generated or modified. For an example
1011 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
1012 modified when the user holds down a certain
1013 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
1014 booting the systems
1015
1016- Serial Download Echo Mode:
1017 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
1018 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
1019 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
1020 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
1021 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
1022 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
1023 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
1024
602ad3b3 1025- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
c609719b
WD
1026 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
1027 Select one of the baudrates listed in
6d0f6bcf 1028 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
c609719b
WD
1029
1030- Monitor Functions:
602ad3b3
JL
1031 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
1032 from the build by using the #include files
c6c621bd 1033 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
ef0f2f57 1034 commands, or adding #define's for wanted commands.
602ad3b3
JL
1035
1036 The default command configuration includes all commands
1037 except those marked below with a "*".
1038
b401b73d 1039 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
602ad3b3 1040 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
602ad3b3
JL
1041 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
1042 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
1043 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
1044 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
1045 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
d2b2ffe3 1046 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
602ad3b3 1047 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
08d0d6f3 1048 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
602ad3b3 1049 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
710b9938 1050 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
602ad3b3
JL
1051 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
1052 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
1053 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
a7c93104
PT
1054 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
1055 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
1056 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
1057 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
602ad3b3
JL
1058 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
1059 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
246c6922 1060 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
602ad3b3
JL
1061 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
1062 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
5e2b3e0c 1063 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
fffad71b 1064 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
88733e2c 1065 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
0c79cda0 1066 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
03e2ecf6
SW
1067 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
1068 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
16f4d933
SW
1069 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
1070 that work for multiple fs types
59e890ef 1071 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID
bdab39d3 1072 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
602ad3b3 1073 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
03e2ecf6 1074 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
602ad3b3
JL
1075 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
1076 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
4d98b5c8 1077 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
53fdc7ef 1078 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
a641b979 1079 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
a000b795 1080 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
bf36c5d5 1081 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
602ad3b3
JL
1082 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
1083 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
1084 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
1085 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
8fdf1e0f 1086 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
4d98b5c8 1087 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
602ad3b3 1088 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
aa53233a 1089 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
0c79cda0 1090 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
c167cc02 1091 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
602ad3b3
JL
1092 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
1093 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
1094 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
1095 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
4d98b5c8 1096 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
d22c338e
JH
1097 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
1098 (169.254.*.*)
602ad3b3
JL
1099 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
1100 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
4d98b5c8 1101 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
02c9aa1d 1102 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
15a33e49 1103 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
602ad3b3 1104 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
a2681707 1105 loop, loopw
4d98b5c8 1106 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
602ad3b3
JL
1107 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1108 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1109 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
68d7d651 1110 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
602ad3b3
JL
1111 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1112 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
4d98b5c8 1113 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
e92739d3 1114 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
c0f40859 1115 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
602ad3b3
JL
1116 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1117 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1118 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1119 host
1120 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
ff048ea9 1121 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
602ad3b3
JL
1122 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1123 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
d304931f 1124 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
602ad3b3
JL
1125 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
1126 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
1127 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1128 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1129 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1130 (4xx only)
f61ec45e 1131 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
4d98b5c8 1132 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
02c9aa1d 1133 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
7d861d95 1134 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
74de7aef 1135 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
602ad3b3 1136 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
7a83af07 1137 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
1fb7cd49 1138 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
da83bcd7
JH
1139 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1140 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
602ad3b3 1141 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
602ad3b3 1142 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
c8339f51 1143 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
4d98b5c8 1144 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
89c8230d 1145 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
c609719b
WD
1146
1147 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1148 support you can write:
1149
602ad3b3
JL
1150 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1151 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
c609719b 1152
213bf8c8
GVB
1153 Other Commands:
1154 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
c609719b
WD
1155
1156 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
602ad3b3 1157 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
43d9616c
WD
1158 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1159 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1160 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1161 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1162 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1163 initial stack and some data.
c609719b
WD
1164
1165
1166 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1167
a5ecbe62
WD
1168- Regular expression support:
1169 CONFIG_REGEX
93e14596
WD
1170 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1171 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1172 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1173 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
a5ecbe62 1174
45ba8077
SG
1175- Device tree:
1176 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1177 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1178 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1179 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1180 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1181 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1182
2c0f79e4
SG
1183 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1184 be done using one of the two options below:
bbb0b128
SG
1185
1186 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1187 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1188 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1189 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1190 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1191 the global data structure as gd->blob.
45ba8077 1192
2c0f79e4
SG
1193 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1194 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1195 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1196 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1197
1198 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1199
1200 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1201 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1202 still use the individual files if you need something more
1203 exotic.
1204
c609719b
WD
1205- Watchdog:
1206 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1207 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
6abe6fb6
DZ
1208 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1209 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1210 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1211 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1212 available, then no further board specific code should
1213 be needed to use it.
1214
1215 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1216 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1217 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1218 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
c609719b 1219
7bae0d6f
HS
1220 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
1221 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
1222
c1551ea8
SR
1223- U-Boot Version:
1224 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1225 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1226 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1227 version as printed by the "version" command.
a1ea8e51
BT
1228 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1229 next reset.
c1551ea8 1230
c609719b
WD
1231- Real-Time Clock:
1232
602ad3b3 1233 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
c609719b
WD
1234 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1235 following options:
1236
1237 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1238 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
4e8b7544 1239 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
c609719b 1240 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
1cb8e980 1241 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
c609719b 1242 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
7f70e853 1243 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
412921d2 1244 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
3bac3513 1245 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
9536dfcc 1246 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
4c0d4c3b 1247 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
6d0f6bcf 1248 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
71d19f30
HS
1249 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1250 RV3029 RTC.
c609719b 1251
b37c7e5e
WD
1252 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1253 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1254
e92739d3
PT
1255- GPIO Support:
1256 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
e92739d3 1257
5dec49ca
CP
1258 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1259 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1260 pins supported by a particular chip.
1261
e92739d3
PT
1262 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1263 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1264
aa53233a
SG
1265- I/O tracing:
1266 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1267 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1268 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1269 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1270 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1271 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1272 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1273 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1274
1275 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1276 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1277 still continue to operate.
1278
1279 iotrace is enabled
1280 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1281 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1282 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1283 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1284 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1285 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1286
c609719b
WD
1287- Timestamp Support:
1288
43d9616c
WD
1289 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1290 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1291 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
602ad3b3 1292 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
c609719b 1293
923c46f9
KP
1294- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1295 Zero or more of the following:
1296 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1297 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1298 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1299 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1300 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1301 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1302 disk/part_efi.c
1303 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
c609719b 1304
218ca724
WD
1305 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1306 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
923c46f9 1307 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
c609719b
WD
1308
1309- IDE Reset method:
4d13cbad
WD
1310 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1311 board configurations files but used nowhere!
c609719b 1312
4d13cbad
WD
1313 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1314 be performed by calling the function
1315 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1316 which has to be defined in a board specific file
c609719b
WD
1317
1318- ATAPI Support:
1319 CONFIG_ATAPI
1320
1321 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1322
c40b2956
WD
1323- LBA48 Support
1324 CONFIG_LBA48
1325
1326 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
4b142feb 1327 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
c40b2956
WD
1328 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1329 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1330
6d0f6bcf 1331 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
c40b2956
WD
1332 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1333 Default is 32bit.
1334
c609719b
WD
1335- SCSI Support:
1336 At the moment only there is only support for the
1337 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1338 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1339
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
1340 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1341 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1342 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
c609719b
WD
1343 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1344 devices.
6d0f6bcf 1345 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
c609719b 1346
93e14596
WD
1347 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1348 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
447c031b 1349
c609719b 1350- NETWORK Support (PCI):
682011ff 1351 CONFIG_E1000
ce5207e1
KM
1352 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1353
1354 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1355 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1356 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1357 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1358
1359 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1360 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1361 example with the "sspi" command.
1362
1363 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1364 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1365 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
53cf9435 1366
c609719b
WD
1367 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1368 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
11ccc33f 1369 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
c609719b
WD
1370 write routine for first time initialisation.
1371
1372 CONFIG_TULIP
1373 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1374 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1375 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1376
1377 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1378 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1379
1380 CONFIG_NS8382X
1381 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1382
45219c46
WD
1383- NETWORK Support (other):
1384
c041e9d2
JS
1385 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1386 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1387
1388 CONFIG_RMII
1389 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1390
1391 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1392 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1393 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1394
efdd7319
RH
1395 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1396 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1397
3bb46d23 1398 CONFIG_LAN91C96
45219c46
WD
1399 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1400
1401 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1402 Define this to hold the physical address
1403 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1404
1405 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1406 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1407
3bb46d23 1408 CONFIG_SMC91111
f39748ae
WD
1409 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1410
1411 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1412 Define this to hold the physical address
1413 of the device (I/O space)
1414
1415 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1416 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1417
1418 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1419 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1420 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1421
dc02bada
HS
1422 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1423 Support for davinci emac
1424
1425 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1426 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1427
b3dbf4a5
ML
1428 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1429 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1430
1431 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1432 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1433 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1434 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1435 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1436 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1437 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1438 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1439
c2fff331 1440 CONFIG_SMC911X
557b377d
JG
1441 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1442
c2fff331 1443 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
557b377d
JG
1444 Define this to hold the physical address
1445 of the device (I/O space)
1446
c2fff331 1447 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
557b377d
JG
1448 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1449
c2fff331 1450 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
557b377d
JG
1451 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1452 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
c2fff331 1453 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
557b377d 1454
3d0075fa
YS
1455 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1456 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1457
1458 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1459 Define the number of ports to be used
1460
1461 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1462 Define the ETH PHY's address
1463
68260aab
YS
1464 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1465 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1466
b2f97cf2
HS
1467- PWM Support:
1468 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
1469 Support for PWM modul on the imx6.
1470
5e124724 1471- TPM Support:
90899cc0
CC
1472 CONFIG_TPM
1473 Support TPM devices.
1474
0766ad2f
CR
1475 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON
1476 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1b393db5
TWHT
1477 per system is supported at this time.
1478
1b393db5
TWHT
1479 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1480 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1481
c01939c7
DE
1482 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1483 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1484
90899cc0 1485 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
5e124724
VB
1486 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1487 per system is supported at this time.
1488
1489 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1490 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1491 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1492 0xfed40000.
1493
be6c1529
RP
1494 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1495 Add tpm monitor functions.
1496 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1497 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1498
1499 CONFIG_TPM
1500 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1501 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1502 Requires support for a TPM device.
1503
1504 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1505 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1506 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1507
c609719b
WD
1508- USB Support:
1509 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
4d13cbad 1510 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
c609719b
WD
1511 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1512 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
30d56fae 1513 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
c609719b
WD
1514 storage devices.
1515 Note:
1516 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1517 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
4d13cbad
WD
1518 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1519 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1520 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
307ecb6d
EM
1521 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1522 for USB on PSC3
4d13cbad
WD
1523 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1524 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1525 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
307ecb6d
EM
1526 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1527 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
6d0f6bcf 1528 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
fdcfaa1b
ZW
1529 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1530 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
4d13cbad 1531
9ab4ce22
SG
1532 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1533 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1534
6e9e0626
OT
1535 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1536 HW module registers.
1537
16c8d5e7
WD
1538- USB Device:
1539 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1540 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1541 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
11ccc33f 1542 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
16c8d5e7
WD
1543 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1544 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
386eda02 1545 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
16c8d5e7
WD
1546 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1547 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1548 a Linux host by
1549 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1550 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1551 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1552 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
386eda02 1553
16c8d5e7
WD
1554 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1555 Define this to build a UDC device
1556
1557 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1558 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1559 talk to the UDC device
386eda02 1560
f9da0f89
VK
1561 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1562 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1563 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1564 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1565 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1566 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1567 speed.
1568
6d0f6bcf 1569 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
16c8d5e7
WD
1570 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1571 be set to usbtty.
1572
1573 mpc8xx:
6d0f6bcf 1574 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
16c8d5e7 1575 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
6d0f6bcf 1576 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
386eda02 1577
6d0f6bcf 1578 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
16c8d5e7 1579 Derive USB clock from brgclk
6d0f6bcf 1580 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
16c8d5e7 1581
386eda02 1582 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
16c8d5e7 1583 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
386eda02 1584 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
16c8d5e7
WD
1585 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1586 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1587 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1588
1589 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1590 Define this string as the name of your company for
1591 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
386eda02 1592
16c8d5e7
WD
1593 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1594 Define this string as the name of your product
1595 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1596
1597 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1598 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1599 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1600 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1601 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
386eda02 1602
16c8d5e7
WD
1603 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1604 Define this as the unique Product ID
1605 for your device
1606 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
4d13cbad 1607
d70a560f
IG
1608- ULPI Layer Support:
1609 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1610 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1611 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1612 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1613 viewport is supported.
1614 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1615 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
6d365ea0
LS
1616 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1617 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1618 the appropriate value in Hz.
c609719b 1619
71f95118 1620- MMC Support:
8bde7f77
WD
1621 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1622 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1623 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
71f95118 1624 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
602ad3b3
JL
1625 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1626 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
71f95118 1627
afb35666
YS
1628 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1629 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1630
1631 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1632 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1633
1634 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1635 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1636
1fd93c6e
PA
1637 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC
1638 Enable the generic MMC driver
1639
1640 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1641 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1642
1643 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1644 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1645 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1646
b3ba6e94 1647- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
01acd6ab 1648 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_DFU
b3ba6e94
TR
1649 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1650
1651 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1652 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1653 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1654 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1655 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1656
1657 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1658 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1659
c6631764
PA
1660 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1661 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1662
a9479f04
AM
1663 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1664 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1665 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1666 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1667 one that would help mostly the developer.
1668
e7e75c70
HS
1669 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1670 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1671 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1672 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1673 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1674
ea2453d5
PA
1675 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1676 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1677 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1678 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1679 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1680 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1681
001a8319
HS
1682 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1683 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1684 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1685 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1686
1687 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1688 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1689 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1690 sending again an USB request to the device.
1691
3aab70af 1692- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
17da3c0c
PK
1693 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_FASTBOOT
1694 This enables the USB part of the fastboot gadget
1695
3aab70af
SS
1696 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1697 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1698 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1699 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1700 used on Android devices.
1701 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1702
1703 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1704 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1705 image format header.
1706
a588d99a 1707 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
3aab70af
SS
1708 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1709 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1710 downloaded images.
1711
a588d99a 1712 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
3aab70af
SS
1713 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1714 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1715 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
d1b5ed07
SR
1716
1717 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
1718 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
1719 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
1720 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
1721
1722 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
1723 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
1724 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
1725 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
3aab70af 1726
0ff7e585
SR
1727 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME
1728 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1729 image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition
1730 Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed
1731 to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.)
1732 This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the
1733 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
1734 Default is GPT_ENTRY_NAME (currently "gpt") if undefined.
1735
6705d81e
WD
1736- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1737 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1738 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1739 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1740
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
1741 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1742 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
6705d81e
WD
1743 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1744
6d0f6bcf 1745 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
6705d81e
WD
1746 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1747 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1748
1749 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
6d0f6bcf 1750 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
6705d81e
WD
1751 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1752 have not defined a custom partition
1753
c30a15e5
DK
1754- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1755 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
656f4c65
DK
1756
1757 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1758 file in FAT formatted partition.
1759
1760 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1761 user to write files to FAT.
c30a15e5 1762
84cd9327
GB
1763CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1764 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1765
1766 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1767 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1768 and cbfsload.
1769
4f0d1a2a
SDPP
1770- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1771 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1772
1773 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1774 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1775
c609719b
WD
1776- Keyboard Support:
1777 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1778
1779 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1780 support
1781
1782 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1783 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1784 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1785 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1786 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1787
713cb680
HT
1788 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1789 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1790 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1791 which provides key scans on request.
1792
c609719b
WD
1793- Video support:
1794 CONFIG_VIDEO
1795
1796 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1797 video).
1798
1799 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1800
1801 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1802
1803 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
b79a11cc 1804 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
eeb1b77b
WD
1805 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1806 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1807 assumed.
1808
b79a11cc 1809 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
11ccc33f 1810 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
eeb1b77b
WD
1811 are possible:
1812 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
6e592385 1813 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
eeb1b77b
WD
1814
1815 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1816 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1817 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1818 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1819 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1820 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1821 -------------+---------------------------------------------
c609719b
WD
1822 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1823
b79a11cc 1824 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
7817cb20 1825 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
eeb1b77b
WD
1826
1827
c1551ea8 1828 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
43d9616c 1829 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
a6c7ad2f
WD
1830 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1831 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1832
7d3053fb 1833 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
04e5ae79 1834 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
7d3053fb
TT
1835 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1836 support, and should also define these other macros:
1837
1838 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1839 CONFIG_VIDEO
1840 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1841 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1842 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1843 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1844 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1845 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1846
ba8e76bd
TT
1847 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1848 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1849 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1850 description of this variable.
7d3053fb 1851
058d59b0 1852
682011ff 1853- Keyboard Support:
8bde7f77 1854 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
682011ff 1855
8bde7f77
WD
1856 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1857 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1858 defined in your board-specific files.
1859 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
a6c7ad2f 1860
c609719b
WD
1861- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1862
1863 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1864 display); also select one of the supported displays
1865 by defining one of these:
1866
39cf4804
SP
1867 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1868
1869 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1870
fd3103bb 1871 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
c609719b 1872
fd3103bb 1873 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
c609719b 1874
fd3103bb 1875 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
c609719b 1876
fd3103bb
WD
1877 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1878 Active, color, single scan.
1879
1880 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1881
1882 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
c609719b
WD
1883 Active, color, single scan.
1884
1885 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1886
1887 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1888 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1889
1890 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1891
1892 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1893 Active, color, single scan.
1894
1895 CONFIG_HLD1045
1896
1897 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1898 Active, color, single scan.
1899
1900 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1901
1902 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1903 or
1904 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1905 or
1906 Hitachi SP14Q002
1907
1908 320x240. Black & white.
1909
1910 Normally display is black on white background; define
6d0f6bcf 1911 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
c609719b 1912
676d319e
SG
1913 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1914
b445bbb4 1915 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
676d319e
SG
1916 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1917 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1918 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1919 a per-section basis.
1920
0d89efef
SG
1921 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1922
1923 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1924 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1925 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1926 is slow.
676d319e 1927
604c7d4a
HP
1928 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1929
1930 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1931 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1932 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1933 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1934 printed out.
1935 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1936 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1937 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1938 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1939 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1940 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1941 1 = 90 degree rotation
1942 2 = 180 degree rotation
1943 3 = 270 degree rotation
1944
1945 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1946 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1947
45d7f525
TWHT
1948 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1949
1950 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1951
735987c5
TWHT
1952 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1953
1954 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1955 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1956
7152b1d0 1957- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
d791b1dc 1958
8bde7f77
WD
1959 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1960 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1961 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
e94d2cd9 1962 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
8bde7f77
WD
1963 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1964 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1965 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1966 loaded very quickly after power-on.
d791b1dc 1967
c0880485
NK
1968 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1969
1970 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1971 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1551df35 1972 (see README.displaying-bmps).
c0880485
NK
1973 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1974 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1975 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1976 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1977 there is no need to set this option.
1978
1ca298ce
MW
1979 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1980
1981 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1982 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1983 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1984 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1985 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1986 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1987
1988 Example:
1989 setenv splashpos m,m
1990 => image at center of screen
1991
1992 setenv splashpos 30,20
1993 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1994
1995 setenv splashpos -10,m
1996 => vertically centered image
1997 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1998
98f4a3df
SR
1999- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
2000
2001 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
2002 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
2003 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
2004
d5011762
AG
2005- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
2006
2007 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
2008 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
2009 bmp command.
2010
b445bbb4 2011- Do compressing for memory range:
f2b96dfb
LW
2012 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
2013
2014 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
2015 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
2016
c29fdfc1 2017- Compression support:
8ef70478
KC
2018 CONFIG_GZIP
2019
2020 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
2021
c29fdfc1
WD
2022 CONFIG_BZIP2
2023
2024 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
2025 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
2026 compressed images are supported.
2027
42d1f039 2028 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
6d0f6bcf 2029 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
42d1f039 2030 be at least 4MB.
d791b1dc 2031
fc9c1727
LCM
2032 CONFIG_LZMA
2033
2034 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
2035 images is included.
2036
2037 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
2038 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
2039 formula:
2040
2041 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
2042
2043 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
2044 and Literal pos bits.
2045
2046 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
2047 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
2048 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
2049 a very small buffer.
2050
2051 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
2052 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
6d0f6bcf 2053 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
fc9c1727 2054
8ef70478
KC
2055 CONFIG_LZO
2056
2057 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
2058 is included.
2059
17ea1177
WD
2060- MII/PHY support:
2061 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
2062
2063 The address of PHY on MII bus.
2064
2065 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
2066
2067 The clock frequency of the MII bus
2068
2069 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
2070
2071 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
11ccc33f 2072 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
17ea1177
WD
2073
2074 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
2075
2076 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2077 reset before any MII register access is possible.
2078 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
2079 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
2080
2081 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
2082
2083 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2084 command issued before MII status register can be read
2085
c609719b
WD
2086- IP address:
2087 CONFIG_IPADDR
2088
2089 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
11ccc33f 2090 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
c609719b 2091 determined through e.g. bootp.
1ebcd654 2092 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
c609719b
WD
2093
2094- Server IP address:
2095 CONFIG_SERVERIP
2096
11ccc33f 2097 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
c609719b 2098 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
1ebcd654 2099 (Environment variable "serverip")
c609719b 2100
97cfe861
RG
2101 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
2102
2103 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
2104 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
2105
1ebcd654
WD
2106- Gateway IP address:
2107 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
2108
2109 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
2110 default router where packets to other networks are
2111 sent to.
2112 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
2113
2114- Subnet mask:
2115 CONFIG_NETMASK
2116
2117 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
2118 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
2119 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
2120 forwarded through a router.
2121 (Environment variable "netmask")
2122
53a5c424
DU
2123- Multicast TFTP Mode:
2124 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
2125
2126 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
2127 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
11ccc33f 2128 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
53a5c424
DU
2129 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
2130 multicast group.
2131
c609719b
WD
2132- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
2133 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
2134
2135 If you have many targets in a network that try to
2136 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
2137 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
2138 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
2139 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
2140 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
2141 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
2142 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
6c33c785 2143 following delays are inserted then:
c609719b
WD
2144
2145 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
2146 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
2147 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
2148 4th and following
2149 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
2150
92ac8acc
TR
2151 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
2152
2153 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
2154 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
2155 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
2156 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
2157 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
2158 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
2159 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
2160 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
2161 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
2162 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
2163 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
2164 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
2165 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
2166 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
2167 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
2168
fe389a82 2169- DHCP Advanced Options:
1fe80d79
JL
2170 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
2171 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
2172
2173 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
2174 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
2175 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
2176 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
2177 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
2178 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
2179 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2180 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
2181 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
2182 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
2183 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
2184 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
2c00e099 2185 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
fe389a82 2186
5d110f0a
WC
2187 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
2188 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
fe389a82 2189
2c00e099
JH
2190 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2191 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2192 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2193 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2194 is not available.
2195
fe389a82
SR
2196 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2197 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2198 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2199 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2200 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2201 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2202 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1fe80d79 2203 is defined.
fe389a82
SR
2204
2205 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2206 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2207 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
5d110f0a 2208 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
1fe80d79
JL
2209 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2210 option 12 to the DHCP server.
fe389a82 2211
d9a2f416
AV
2212 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2213
2214 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2215 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2216 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2217 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2218 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2219 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2220 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2221 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2222 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2223 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2224 this delay.
2225
d22c338e
JH
2226 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2227 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2228 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2229 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2230 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2231
2232 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2233
a3d991bd 2234 - CDP Options:
6e592385 2235 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
a3d991bd
WD
2236
2237 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2238
2239 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2240
2241 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2242 of the device.
2243
2244 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2245
2246 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2247 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
11ccc33f 2248 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
a3d991bd
WD
2249
2250 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2251
2252 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2253 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2254
2255 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2256
2257 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2258
2259 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2260
2261 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2262
2263 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2264
2265 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2266
2267 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2268
2269 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2270 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2271
2272 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2273
2274 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2275
c609719b
WD
2276- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2277
2278 Several configurations allow to display the current
2279 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2280 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2281 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2282 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2283 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2284 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2285 feature in U-Boot.
2286
1df7bbba
IG
2287 Additional options:
2288
2289 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2290 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2291 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2292 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2293 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2294
9dfdcdfe
IG
2295 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2296 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2297 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2298 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2299 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2300 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2301
c609719b
WD
2302- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2303
2304 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2305 on those systems that support this (optional)
2306 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2307
3f4978c7
HS
2308- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
2309
2310 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2311 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2312 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2313 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2314 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2315 interface.
2316
2317 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
ea818dbb
HS
2318 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2319 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2320 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2321 for defining speed and slave address
2322 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2323 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2324 for defining speed and slave address
2325 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2326 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2327 for defining speed and slave address
2328 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2329 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2330 for defining speed and slave address
3f4978c7 2331
00f792e0
HS
2332 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2333 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2334 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2335 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2336 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2337 bus.
93e14596 2338 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
00f792e0
HS
2339 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2340 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2341 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2342 second bus.
2343
1f2ba722 2344 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
10cee516
NI
2345 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2346 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2347 100000 and the slave addr 0!
1f2ba722 2348
880540de
DE
2349 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2350 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2351 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2352 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2353
fac96408 2354 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2355 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
03544c66
AA
2356 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
2357 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
2358 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
2359 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
fac96408 2360 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2361 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2362 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2363 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2364 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2365 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
03544c66
AA
2366 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED
2367 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE
b445bbb4 2368 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
fac96408 2369 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2370
1086bfa9
NI
2371 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2372 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2373 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2374
2375 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2376 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2377 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2378 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2379 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2380 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2381 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2382 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2383 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2384
2035d77d
NI
2385 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2386 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2387 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2388
2389 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2390 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2391 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2392 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2393 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2394 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2395 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2396 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2397 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2398 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2399 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2400 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
b445bbb4 2401 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2035d77d 2402
6789e84e
HS
2403 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2404 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2405 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2406 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2407 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2408 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2409 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2410 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2411 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2412 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2413 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2414 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2415
0bdffe71
HS
2416 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2417 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2418 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2419 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2420
e717fc6d
NKC
2421 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2422 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2423 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2424 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2425 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2426
b46226bd
DE
2427 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2428 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2429 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2430 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2431 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2432 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2433 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2434 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2435 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2436 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2437 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2438 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2439 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2440 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
071be896
DE
2441 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL
2442 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1
2443 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1
2444 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1
2445 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1
2446 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1
2447 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1
2448 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1
2449 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1
b46226bd 2450
3f4978c7
HS
2451 additional defines:
2452
2453 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
b445bbb4 2454 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use. If you
3f4978c7
HS
2455 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2456 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2457 omit this define.
2458
2459 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2460 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2461 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2462 omit this define.
2463
2464 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2465 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2466 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2467 define.
2468
2469 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
b445bbb4 2470 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
3f4978c7
HS
2471 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2472 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2473 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2474
2475 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2476 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2477 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2478 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2479 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2480 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2481 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2482 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2483 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2484 }
2485
2486 which defines
2487 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
ea818dbb
HS
2488 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2489 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2490 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2491 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2492 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
3f4978c7 2493 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
ea818dbb
HS
2494 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2495 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
3f4978c7
HS
2496
2497 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2498
ea818dbb 2499- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
3f4978c7
HS
2500
2501 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2502 provides the following compelling advantages:
2503
2504 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2505 - approved multibus support
2506 - better i2c mux support
2507
2508 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2509
ea818dbb
HS
2510 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2511 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2512 for the selected CPU.
c609719b 2513
945af8d7 2514 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
602ad3b3 2515 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
b37c7e5e
WD
2516 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2517 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
43d9616c 2518 command line interface.
c609719b 2519
bb99ad6d 2520 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
b37c7e5e 2521
945af8d7 2522 There are several other quantities that must also be
ea818dbb 2523 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
c609719b 2524
6d0f6bcf 2525 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
945af8d7 2526 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
6d0f6bcf 2527 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
11ccc33f 2528 the CPU's i2c node address).
945af8d7 2529
8d321b81 2530 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
a47a12be 2531 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
8d321b81
PT
2532 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2533 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2534 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
c609719b 2535
5da71efa
EM
2536 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2537
2538 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2539 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2540 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2541 commands until the slave device responds.
2542
945af8d7 2543 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
c609719b 2544
ea818dbb 2545 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
b37c7e5e
WD
2546 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2547 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
c609719b
WD
2548
2549 I2C_INIT
2550
b37c7e5e 2551 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
43d9616c 2552 controller or configure ports.
c609719b 2553
ba56f625 2554 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
b37c7e5e 2555
c609719b
WD
2556 I2C_PORT
2557
43d9616c
WD
2558 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2559 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2560 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
c609719b
WD
2561
2562 I2C_ACTIVE
2563
2564 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2565 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2566 define can be null.
2567
b37c7e5e
WD
2568 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2569
c609719b
WD
2570 I2C_TRISTATE
2571
2572 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2573 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2574 define can be null.
2575
b37c7e5e
WD
2576 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2577
c609719b
WD
2578 I2C_READ
2579
472d5460
YS
2580 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2581 false if it is low.
c609719b 2582
b37c7e5e
WD
2583 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2584
c609719b
WD
2585 I2C_SDA(bit)
2586
472d5460
YS
2587 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2588 is false, it clears it (low).
c609719b 2589
b37c7e5e 2590 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
2535d602 2591 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
ba56f625 2592 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
b37c7e5e 2593
c609719b
WD
2594 I2C_SCL(bit)
2595
472d5460
YS
2596 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2597 is false, it clears it (low).
c609719b 2598
b37c7e5e 2599 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
2535d602 2600 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
ba56f625 2601 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
b37c7e5e 2602
c609719b
WD
2603 I2C_DELAY
2604
2605 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2606 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
b37c7e5e 2607 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
945af8d7
WD
2608 like:
2609
b37c7e5e 2610 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
c609719b 2611
793b5726
MF
2612 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2613
2614 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2615 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2616 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2617 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2618
2619 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2620 the generic GPIO functions.
2621
6d0f6bcf 2622 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
47cd00fa 2623
8bde7f77
WD
2624 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2625 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2626 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2627 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2628 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2629 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2630 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2631 is run early in the boot sequence.
47cd00fa 2632
26a33504
RR
2633 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2634
2635 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2636 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2637 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2638 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2639 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2640 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2641 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2642 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2643
17ea1177
WD
2644 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2645
2646 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2647 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2648 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2649
bb99ad6d
BW
2650 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2651
2652 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
c0f40859
WD
2653 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2654 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
bb99ad6d
BW
2655 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2656
6d0f6bcf 2657 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
bb99ad6d
BW
2658
2659 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
c0f40859 2660 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
0f89c54b
PT
2661 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2662 a 1D array of device addresses
bb99ad6d
BW
2663
2664 e.g.
2665 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
c0f40859 2666 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
bb99ad6d
BW
2667
2668 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2669
c0f40859 2670 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
6d0f6bcf 2671 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
bb99ad6d
BW
2672
2673 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2674
6d0f6bcf 2675 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
be5e6181
TT
2676
2677 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2678 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2679
6d0f6bcf 2680 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
0dc018ec
SR
2681
2682 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2683 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2684
6d0f6bcf 2685 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
0dc018ec
SR
2686
2687 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2688 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2689
6d0f6bcf 2690 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
9ebbb54f
VG
2691
2692 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2693 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2694 specified DTT device.
2695
2ac6985a
AD
2696 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2697
2698 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2699 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2700 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2701 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2702 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2703 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2704 the other.
be5e6181 2705
c609719b
WD
2706- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2707
2708 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2709 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2710 D/As on the SACSng board)
2711
6639562e
YS
2712 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2713
2714 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2715 only SH7757 is supported.
2716
c609719b
WD
2717 CONFIG_SPI_X
2718
2719 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2720 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2721
2722 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2723
43d9616c
WD
2724 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2725 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2726 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2727 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2728 defined, the board configuration must define several
2729 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2730 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
c609719b 2731
04a9e118
BW
2732 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2733
2734 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2735 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2736 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
c0f40859 2737 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
04a9e118
BW
2738 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2739
38254f45
GL
2740 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2741
2742 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
2e3cd1cd 2743 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
38254f45 2744
f659b573
HS
2745 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2746 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2747 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2748
0133502e 2749- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
c609719b 2750
0133502e
MF
2751 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2752
2753 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2754
2755 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2756 (ALTERA, XILINX)
c609719b 2757
0133502e 2758 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
c609719b 2759
0133502e
MF
2760 Enables support for FPGA family.
2761 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2762
2763 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
2764
2765 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
c609719b 2766
64e809af
SDPP
2767 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2768
2769 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2770
67193864
MS
2771 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2772
2773 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2774
2775 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2776
2777 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2778 (Xilinx only)
2779
6d0f6bcf 2780 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
c609719b 2781
8bde7f77 2782 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
c609719b 2783
6d0f6bcf 2784 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
c609719b 2785
43d9616c
WD
2786 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2787 status by the configuration function. This option
2788 will require a board or device specific function to
2789 be written.
c609719b
WD
2790
2791 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2792
2793 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2794 configuration driver.
2795
6d0f6bcf 2796 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
c609719b
WD
2797 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2798
6d0f6bcf 2799 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
c609719b 2800
43d9616c
WD
2801 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2802 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2803 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2804 indicated a CRC error).
c609719b 2805
6d0f6bcf 2806 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
c609719b 2807
b445bbb4
JM
2808 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2809 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
43d9616c 2810 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
11ccc33f 2811 ms.
c609719b 2812
6d0f6bcf 2813 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
c609719b 2814
b445bbb4 2815 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
11ccc33f 2816 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
c609719b 2817
6d0f6bcf 2818 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
c609719b 2819
43d9616c 2820 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
11ccc33f 2821 200 ms.
c609719b
WD
2822
2823- Configuration Management:
b2b8a696
SR
2824 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2825
2826 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2827 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2828 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2829 special image will be automatically built upon calling
2830 make / MAKEALL.
2831
c609719b
WD
2832 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2833
43d9616c
WD
2834 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2835 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
c609719b
WD
2836
2837- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2838
43d9616c
WD
2839 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2840 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
7152b1d0 2841 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
43d9616c
WD
2842 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2843 protects these variables from casual modification by
2844 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2845 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
11ccc33f 2846 change this behaviour:
c609719b
WD
2847
2848 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2849 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
47cd00fa 2850 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
c609719b
WD
2851 these parameters.
2852
92ac5208
JH
2853 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
2854 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
11ccc33f 2855 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
c609719b
WD
2856 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2857 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2858 read-only.]
2859
2598090b
JH
2860 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2861 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2862 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2863 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2864
c609719b
WD
2865- Protected RAM:
2866 CONFIG_PRAM
2867
2868 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2869 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2870 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2871 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2872 this default value by defining an environment
2873 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2874 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2875 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2876 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2877 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2878 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2879 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2880
fe126d8b 2881 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
c609719b
WD
2882 saveenv
2883
2884 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2885 either, which results in a memory region that will
2886 not be affected by reboots.
2887
2888 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2889 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2890 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2891 following board configurations are known to be
2892 "pRAM-clean":
2893
1b0757ec
WD
2894 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2895 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
544d97e9 2896 FLAGADM, TQM8260
c609719b 2897
40fef049
GB
2898- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2899 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2900 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2901 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2902 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2903 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2904 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2905
c609719b
WD
2906- Error Recovery:
2907 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2908
2909 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2910 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2911 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
11ccc33f 2912 system where you want the system to reboot
c609719b
WD
2913 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2914 useful during development since you can try to debug
2915 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2916
2917 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2918
43d9616c
WD
2919 This variable defines the number of retries for
2920 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2921 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2922 default value of 5 is used.
c609719b 2923
40cb90ee
GL
2924 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2925
2926 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2927
48a3e999
TK
2928 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2929
2930 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2931 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2932 try longer timeout such as
2933 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2934
c609719b 2935- Command Interpreter:
8078f1a5 2936 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
04a85b3b
WD
2937
2938 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2939
6d0f6bcf 2940 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
c609719b
WD
2941
2942 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2943 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2944 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2945
2946 Note:
2947
8bde7f77
WD
2948 In the current implementation, the local variables
2949 space and global environment variables space are
2950 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2951 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2952 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2953 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2954 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
c609719b 2955
43d9616c
WD
2956 Global environment variables are those you use
2957 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2958 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2959 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
c609719b
WD
2960
2961 To store commands and special characters in a
2962 variable, please use double quotation marks
2963 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2964 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2965 symbols.
2966
b445bbb4 2967- Command Line Editing and History:
aa0c71ac
WD
2968 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2969
11ccc33f 2970 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
b445bbb4 2971 command line input operations
aa0c71ac 2972
a8c7c708 2973- Default Environment:
c609719b
WD
2974 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2975
43d9616c
WD
2976 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2977 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
7152b1d0 2978 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
2262cfee 2979
43d9616c
WD
2980 For example, place something like this in your
2981 board's config file:
c609719b
WD
2982
2983 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2984 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2985 "myvar2=value2\0"
2986
43d9616c
WD
2987 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2988 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2989 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2990 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
7152b1d0 2991 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
c609719b
WD
2992 You better know what you are doing here.
2993
43d9616c
WD
2994 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2995 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
74de7aef 2996 the environment like the "source" command or the
43d9616c 2997 boot command first.
c609719b 2998
5e724ca2
SW
2999 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
3000
3001 Define this in order to add variables describing the
3002 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
3003 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
3004
3005 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
3006
3007 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
3008 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
3009 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
3010 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
3011 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
3012
7e27f89f
TR
3013 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
3014
3015 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
3016 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
3017 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
3018
06fd8538
SG
3019 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
3020
3021 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
b445bbb4 3022 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
06fd8538
SG
3023 that so that the environment is not available until
3024 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
3025 this is instead controlled by the value of
3026 /config/load-environment.
3027
3b10cf12
CP
3028- Parallel Flash support:
3029 CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH
3030
3031 Traditionally U-boot was run on systems with parallel NOR
3032 flash. This option is used to disable support for parallel NOR
3033 flash. This option should be defined if the board does not have
3034 parallel flash.
3035
3036 If this option is not defined one of the generic flash drivers
3037 (e.g. CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER or CONFIG_ST_SMI) must be
3038 selected or the board must provide an implementation of the
3039 flash API (see include/flash.h).
3040
a8c7c708 3041- DataFlash Support:
2abbe075
WD
3042 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
3043
8bde7f77
WD
3044 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
3045 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
3046 commands cp, md...
2abbe075 3047
f61ec45e
EN
3048- Serial Flash support
3049 CONFIG_CMD_SF
3050
3051 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
3052 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
3053
3054 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
3055 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
3056 commands.
3057
3058 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
3059 to handle the common case when only a single serial
3060 flash is present on the system.
3061
3062 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
3063 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
3064 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
3065 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
3066
24007273
SG
3067 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
3068
3069 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
3070 test ('sf test').
3071
b902e07c
JT
3072 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
3073
3074 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
3075 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
b445bbb4 3076 Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections.
b902e07c 3077
3f85ce27
WD
3078- SystemACE Support:
3079 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
3080
3081 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
3082 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
11ccc33f 3083 of the chip must also be defined in the
6d0f6bcf 3084 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
3f85ce27
WD
3085
3086 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
6d0f6bcf 3087 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
3f85ce27
WD
3088
3089 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
3090 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
3091
ecb0ccd9
WD
3092- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
3093 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
3094
28cb9375 3095 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
ecb0ccd9 3096 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
28cb9375 3097 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
ecb0ccd9
WD
3098 number generator is used.
3099
28cb9375
WD
3100 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
3101 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
3102 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
3103
3104 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
ecb0ccd9
WD
3105 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
3106 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
3107 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
3108 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
3109 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
3110 but sometimes that is not allowed.
3111
bf36c5d5
SG
3112- Hashing support:
3113 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
3114
3115 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
3116 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
3117
3118 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
3119
3120 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
3121 size a little.
3122
94e3c8c4 3123 CONFIG_SHA1 - This option enables support of hashing using SHA1
3124 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
3125 CONFIG_SHA256 - This option enables support of hashing using
3126 SHA256 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
3127 CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL - This option enables hardware acceleration
3128 for SHA1/SHA256 hashing.
3129 This affects the 'hash' command and also the
3130 hash_lookup_algo() function.
3131 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL - This option enables
3132 hardware-acceleration for SHA1/SHA256 progressive hashing.
3133 Data can be streamed in a block at a time and the hashing
3134 is performed in hardware.
bf36c5d5
SG
3135
3136 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
3137 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
3138
a11f1873
RW
3139- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
3140 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
3141 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
3142 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
3143
3144 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
3145 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
3146 a boot from specific media.
3147
3148 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
3149 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
3150 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
3151 will set it back to normal. This command currently
3152 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
3153
19c402af
SG
3154- Signing support:
3155 CONFIG_RSA
3156
3157 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
8bf2aad7 3158 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
19c402af 3159
c937ff6d
RG
3160 The Modular Exponentiation algorithm in RSA is implemented using
3161 driver model. So CONFIG_DM needs to be enabled by default for this
3162 library to function.
3163
19c402af 3164 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
c937ff6d
RG
3165 option. The software based modular exponentiation is built into
3166 mkimage irrespective of this option.
19c402af 3167
9e50c406
HS
3168- bootcount support:
3169 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
3170
3171 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
3172 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
3173
3174 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
3175 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
3176 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
3177 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
3178 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
3179 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
3180 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
3181 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
3182 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
3183 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
3184 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
3185 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
3186 the bootcounter.
3187 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
19c402af 3188
a8c7c708 3189- Show boot progress:
c609719b
WD
3190 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
3191
43d9616c
WD
3192 Defining this option allows to add some board-
3193 specific code (calling a user-provided function
3194 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
3195 the system's boot progress on some display (for
3196 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
3197 the following checkpoints are implemented:
c609719b 3198
94fd1316 3199
1372cce2
MB
3200Legacy uImage format:
3201
c609719b
WD
3202 Arg Where When
3203 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
ba56f625 3204 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
c609719b 3205 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
ba56f625 3206 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
c609719b 3207 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
ba56f625 3208 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
c609719b
WD
3209 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3210 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3211 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
1372cce2 3212 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
c609719b
WD
3213 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3214 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3215 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3216 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
1372cce2 3217 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
c609719b 3218 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
1372cce2
MB
3219
3220 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3221 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3222 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3223 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3224 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3225 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3226 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
11ccc33f 3227 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
1372cce2
MB
3228 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3229 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3230
c0f40859 3231 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
c609719b 3232
a47a12be 3233 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
11dadd54
WD
3234 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3235 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
63e73c9a 3236
566a494f
HS
3237 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3238 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3239 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3240 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3241 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3242 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3243 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3244 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3245 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3246 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3247 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3248 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3249 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3250 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3251 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3252 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3253 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3254 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3255 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3256 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3257 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3258 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3259 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3260 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3261 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3262 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3263 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3264 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3265 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3266 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3267 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3268 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3269 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3270 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3271 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3272 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3273 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3274 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3275 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3276 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3277 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3278 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3279 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3280 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3281 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3282 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3283 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
3284
3285 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
3286
11ccc33f 3287 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
566a494f
HS
3288 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3289 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
3290
3291 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
bc0571fc
JH
3292 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
3293 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
3294 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
566a494f
HS
3295 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3296 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
74de7aef
WD
3297 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3298 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
566a494f 3299 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
c609719b 3300
1372cce2
MB
3301FIT uImage format:
3302
3303 Arg Where When
3304 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3305 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3306 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3307 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3308 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3309 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
f773bea8 3310 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
1372cce2
MB
3311 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3312 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3313 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3314 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3315 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
11ccc33f
MZ
3316 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3317 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
1372cce2
MB
3318 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3319 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3320 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3321 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3322 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3323 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3324 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3325 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3326
3327 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3328 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3329 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
11ccc33f 3330 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
1372cce2
MB
3331 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3332 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3333 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3334 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3335 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3336 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3337 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3338 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3339 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3340 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3341 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3342 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3343
11ccc33f 3344 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
1372cce2
MB
3345 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3346
11ccc33f 3347 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
1372cce2
MB
3348 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3349
11ccc33f 3350 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
1372cce2
MB
3351 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3352
21d29f7f
HS
3353- legacy image format:
3354 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3355 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3356
3357 Default:
3358 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3359
3360 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3361 disable the legacy image format
3362
3363 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3364 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3365
d95f6ec7
GB
3366- FIT image support:
3367 CONFIG_FIT
3368 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3369
3370 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3371 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3372 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3373 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3374 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3375 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3376
3e569a6b
SG
3377 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3378 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
94e3c8c4 3379 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. If
3380 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL is defined, i.e support for progressive
3381 hashing is available using hardware, RSA library will use it.
3382 See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3e569a6b 3383
21d29f7f
HS
3384 WARNING: When relying on signed FIT images with required
3385 signature check the legacy image format is default
3386 disabled. If a board need legacy image format support
3387 enable this through CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3388
9a4f479b
DE
3389 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
3390 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
3391 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
3392 with this option.
3393
4cf2609b
WD
3394- Standalone program support:
3395 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3396
6feff899
WD
3397 This option defines a board specific value for the
3398 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3399 overwriting the architecture dependent default
4cf2609b
WD
3400 settings.
3401
3402- Frame Buffer Address:
3403 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3404
3405 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
44a53b57
WD
3406 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3407 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3408 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3409 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3410 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3411 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3412 configured panel size.
4cf2609b
WD
3413
3414 Please see board_init_f function.
3415
cccfc2ab
DZ
3416- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3417 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3418 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3419 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3420
3421 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3422 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3423
3424- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3425 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3426
3427 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3428 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3429
3430 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3431
3432 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3433 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3434
70c219cd
JH
3435- UBI support
3436 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3437
3438 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3439 with the UBI flash translation layer
3440
3441 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3442
147162da
JH
3443 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3444
3445 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3446 warnings and errors enabled.
3447
ff94bc40
HS
3448
3449 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
3450 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
3451 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
3452 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
3453 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
3454 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
3455
3456 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
3457 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
3458 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
3459 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
3460 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
3461
3462 default: 4096
c654b517 3463
ff94bc40
HS
3464 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
3465 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
3466 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
3467 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
3468 flash), this value is ignored.
3469
3470 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
3471 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
3472 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
3473 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
3474 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
3475 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
3476
3477 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
3478 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
3479 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
3480 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
3481 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
3482 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
3483 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
3484 partition.
3485
3486 default: 20
3487
3488 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
3489 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
3490 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
3491 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
3492 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
3493 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
3494 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
3495 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
3496 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
3497 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
3498 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
3499 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
3500
3501 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
3502 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
3503 without a fastmap.
3504 default: 0
3505
0195a7bb
HS
3506 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG
3507 Enable UBI fastmap debug
3508 default: 0
3509
70c219cd
JH
3510- UBIFS support
3511 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3512
3513 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3514 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3515
3516 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3517
147162da
JH
3518 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3519
3520 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3521 warnings and errors enabled.
3522
6a11cf48 3523- SPL framework
04e5ae79
WD
3524 CONFIG_SPL
3525 Enable building of SPL globally.
6a11cf48 3526
95579793
TR
3527 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3528 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3529
6ebc3461
AA
3530 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3531 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3532 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3533 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
8960af8b 3534 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
6ebc3461
AA
3535 must not be both defined at the same time.
3536
95579793 3537 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
6ebc3461
AA
3538 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3539 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3540 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3541 not exceed it.
95579793 3542
04e5ae79
WD
3543 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3544 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
6a11cf48 3545
94a45bb1
SW
3546 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3547 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3548 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3549
95579793
TR
3550 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3551 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3552
3553 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
6ebc3461
AA
3554 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3555 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3556 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
8960af8b 3557 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
6ebc3461 3558 must not be both defined at the same time.
95579793
TR
3559
3560 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3561 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3562
8c80eb3b
AA
3563 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
3564 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
3565 loaded does not have a signature.
3566 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
3567 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
3568 will be caught.
3569 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
3570 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
3571 and thus should be skipped silently.
3572
94a45bb1
SW
3573 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3574 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3575 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3576 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3577
95579793
TR
3578 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3579 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
9ac4fc82
FE
3580 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and
3581 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc()
3582 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined.
95579793
TR
3583
3584 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3585 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
6a11cf48 3586
47f7bcae
TR
3587 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3588 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3589 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3590 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3591
9607faf2
TR
3592 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3593 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3594 See also: doc/README.falcon
3595
861a86f4
TR
3596 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3597 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3598 about the running system.
3599
4b919725
SW
3600 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3601 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3602
04e5ae79
WD
3603 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3604 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3605
04e5ae79
WD
3606 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3607 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3608
04e5ae79
WD
3609 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3610 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3611
04e5ae79
WD
3612 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3613 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3614
04e5ae79
WD
3615 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3616 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3617
95579793
TR
3618 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3619 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
e2ccdf89 3620 Address and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
95579793
TR
3621 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3622
b97300b6
PK
3623 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
3624 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3625 used in raw mode
3626
2b75b0ad
PK
3627 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3628 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3629 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3630
3631 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3632 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3633 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3634 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3635 (for falcon mode)
3636
e2ccdf89
PK
3637 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
3638 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3639 used in fs mode
3640
95579793
TR
3641 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3642 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3643
fae81c72
GG
3644 CONFIG_SPL_EXT_SUPPORT
3645 Support for EXT filesystem in SPL binary
95579793 3646
fae81c72
GG
3647 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3648 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
3649
3650 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
7ad2cc79 3651 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
fae81c72 3652 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
7ad2cc79 3653
fae81c72 3654 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
7ad2cc79 3655 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
fae81c72 3656 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
7ad2cc79 3657
06f60ae3
SW
3658 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3659 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3660 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3661 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3662 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3663
651fcf60
PK
3664 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3665 Avoid SPL relocation
3666
6f2f01b9
SW
3667 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3668 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3669 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3670
3671 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3672 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3673
3674 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3675 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3676
95579793 3677 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
7d4b7955
SW
3678 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3679 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
95579793 3680
6dd3b566
TR
3681 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT
3682 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for
3683 environment on NAND support within SPL.
3684
0c3117b1
HS
3685 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
3686 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
3687 if you need to save space.
3688
bb0dc108
YZ
3689 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3690 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
5614e71b 3691 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
bb0dc108 3692
7c8eea59
YZ
3693 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3694 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3695 SPL binary.
3696
95579793
TR
3697 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3698 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3699 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3700 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3701 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3702 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
7d4b7955 3703 to read U-Boot
95579793 3704
fbe76ae4
PK
3705 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3706 Add support NAND boot
3707
95579793 3708 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
7d4b7955
SW
3709 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3710
3711 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3712 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3713
3714 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3715 Size of image to load
95579793
TR
3716
3717 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
7d4b7955 3718 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
95579793
TR
3719
3720 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3721 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
b445bbb4 3722 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
95579793
TR
3723
3724 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3725 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3726 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3727
04e5ae79
WD
3728 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3729 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3730
04e5ae79
WD
3731 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3732 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3733
04e5ae79
WD
3734 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3735 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
c57b953d
PM
3736
3737 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3738 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3739
04e5ae79
WD
3740 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3741 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
1372cce2 3742
ba1bee43
YZ
3743 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3744 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3745
3746 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3747 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3748 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3749 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3750
74752baa 3751 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
6113d3f2
BT
3752 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3753 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3754 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3755 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3756 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
74752baa 3757
ca2fca22
SW
3758 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3759 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3760 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3761 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3762
87ebee39
SG
3763 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3764 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3765 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3766 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3767 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3768
3aa29de0
YZ
3769- TPL framework
3770 CONFIG_TPL
3771 Enable building of TPL globally.
3772
3773 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3774 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3775 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
93e14596
WD
3776 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3777 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3778 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
3aa29de0 3779
c609719b
WD
3780Modem Support:
3781--------------
3782
566e5cf4 3783[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
c609719b 3784
11ccc33f 3785- Modem support enable:
c609719b
WD
3786 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3787
3788- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3789 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3790
3791- Modem debug support:
3792 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3793
43d9616c
WD
3794 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3795 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
c609719b 3796
a8c7c708
WD
3797- Interrupt support (PPC):
3798
d4ca31c4
WD
3799 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3800 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
11ccc33f 3801 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
d4ca31c4 3802 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
11ccc33f 3803 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
d4ca31c4 3804 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
11ccc33f 3805 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
d4ca31c4
WD
3806 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3807 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3808 general timer_interrupt().
a8c7c708 3809
c609719b
WD
3810- General:
3811
43d9616c
WD
3812 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3813 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3814 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
11ccc33f 3815 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
43d9616c
WD
3816 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3817 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3818 initialization.
c609719b 3819
43d9616c
WD
3820 If there are no modem init strings in the
3821 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3822 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
11ccc33f 3823 suppressed, though.
c609719b
WD
3824
3825 See also: doc/README.Modem
3826
9660e442
HR
3827Board initialization settings:
3828------------------------------
3829
3830During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3831to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3832before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3833following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3834architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3835typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3836
3837- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3838- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3839- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3840- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
c609719b 3841
c609719b
WD
3842Configuration Settings:
3843-----------------------
3844
4d1fd7f1
YS
3845- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3846 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3847
6d0f6bcf 3848- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
c609719b
WD
3849 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3850
2fb2604d
PT
3851- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3852 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3853
6d0f6bcf 3854- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
c609719b
WD
3855 prompt for user input.
3856
6d0f6bcf 3857- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
c609719b 3858
6d0f6bcf 3859- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
c609719b 3860
6d0f6bcf 3861- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
c609719b 3862
6d0f6bcf 3863- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
c609719b
WD
3864 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3865 booted
3866
6d0f6bcf 3867- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
c609719b
WD
3868 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3869
6d0f6bcf 3870- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
8bde7f77 3871 Suppress display of console information at boot.
c609719b 3872
6d0f6bcf 3873- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
8bde7f77
WD
3874 If the board specific function
3875 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3876 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
c609719b
WD
3877 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3878
6d0f6bcf 3879- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
8bde7f77 3880 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
c609719b 3881
6d0f6bcf 3882- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
c609719b
WD
3883 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3884
6d0f6bcf 3885- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
c609719b
WD
3886 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3887 simple memory test.
3888
6d0f6bcf 3889- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
8bde7f77 3890 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
c609719b 3891
6d0f6bcf 3892- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
5f535fe1
WD
3893 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3894 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3895
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
3896- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3897 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
14f73ca6 3898 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
11ccc33f 3899 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
14f73ca6
SR
3900 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3901 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3902 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
5e12e75d 3903 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
14f73ca6 3904 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
5e12e75d 3905 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
14f73ca6
SR
3906
3907 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3908 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3909 be touched.
3910
3911 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3912 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3913 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3914 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3915 problems.
3916
6d0f6bcf 3917- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
c609719b
WD
3918 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3919
6d0f6bcf 3920- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
c609719b
WD
3921 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3922
6d0f6bcf 3923- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
c609719b
WD
3924 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3925 Cogent motherboard)
3926
6d0f6bcf 3927- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
c609719b
WD
3928 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3929
6d0f6bcf 3930- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
c609719b
WD
3931 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3932 make config files to be same as the text base address
14d0a02a 3933 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
6d0f6bcf 3934 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
c609719b 3935
6d0f6bcf 3936- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
8bde7f77
WD
3937 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3938 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3939 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3940 flash sector.
c609719b 3941
6d0f6bcf 3942- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
c609719b
WD
3943 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3944
d59476b6
SG
3945- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3946 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3947 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3948 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3949 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3950 space.
3951
3952 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3953 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3954 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
b445bbb4 3955 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
d59476b6
SG
3956 U-Boot relocates itself.
3957
e7b14e9a 3958 Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on ARM and sandbox
29afe9e6
SG
3959 at present but is fairly easy to enable for other archs.
3960
38687ae6
SG
3961- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
3962 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
3963 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
3964 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
3965
1dfdd9ba
TR
3966- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
3967 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
3968 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
3969 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
3970 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
3971 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
3972 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
3973 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
3974 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
3975 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
3976 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
3977 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
3978 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
3979 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
3980 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
3981 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
3982
3983 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
3984
6d0f6bcf 3985- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
15940c9a
SR
3986 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3987 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
6d0f6bcf 3988 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
15940c9a
SR
3989 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3990
6d0f6bcf 3991- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
c609719b
WD
3992 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3993 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
7d721e34
BS
3994 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3995 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
1bce2aeb 3996 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
7d721e34 3997 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
c0f40859 3998 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
c3624e6e
GL
3999 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
4000 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
4001 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
c609719b 4002
fca43cc8
JR
4003- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
4004 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
4005 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
4006 is enabled.
4007
4008- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
4009 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
4010 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
4011
4012- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
4013 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
4014 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
4015
6d0f6bcf 4016- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
c609719b
WD
4017 Max number of Flash memory banks
4018
6d0f6bcf 4019- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
c609719b
WD
4020 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
4021
6d0f6bcf 4022- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
c609719b
WD
4023 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
4024
6d0f6bcf 4025- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
c609719b
WD
4026 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
4027
6d0f6bcf 4028- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
8564acf9
WD
4029 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
4030
6d0f6bcf 4031- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
8564acf9
WD
4032 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
4033
6d0f6bcf 4034- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
8564acf9
WD
4035 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
4036 instead of U-Boot software protection.
4037
6d0f6bcf 4038- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
c609719b
WD
4039
4040 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
4041 without this option such a download has to be
4042 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
4043 copy from RAM to flash.
4044
4045 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
4046 you can check if the download worked before you erase
11ccc33f
MZ
4047 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
4048 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
c609719b
WD
4049 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
4050
6d0f6bcf 4051- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
43d9616c 4052 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
5653fc33
WD
4053 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
4054
00b1883a 4055- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
5653fc33
WD
4056 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
4057 in the drivers directory
c609719b 4058
91809ed5
PZ
4059- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
4060 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
4061 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
4062 to the MTD layer.
4063
6d0f6bcf 4064- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
96ef831f
GL
4065 Use buffered writes to flash.
4066
4067- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
4068 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
4069 write commands.
4070
6d0f6bcf 4071- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
5568e613
SR
4072 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
4073 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
4074 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
4075 optionally available.
4076
9a042e9c
JVB
4077- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
4078 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
4079 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
4080 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
4081
352ef3f1
SR
4082- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
4083 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
4084 against the source after the write operation. An error message
4085 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
4086 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
4087 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
4088 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
4089 this option if you really know what you are doing.
4090
6d0f6bcf 4091- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
11ccc33f
MZ
4092 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
4093 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
53cf9435
SR
4094 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
4095 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
11ccc33f 4096 on high Ethernet traffic.
53cf9435
SR
4097 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
4098
ea882baf
WD
4099- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
4100
071bc923
WD
4101 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
4102 internally to store the environment settings. The default
4103 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
4104 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
4105 lib/hashtable.c for details.
ea882baf 4106
2598090b
JH
4107- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4108- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
1bce2aeb 4109 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
2598090b
JH
4110 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
4111 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
4112 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
4113
4114 The format of the list is:
4115 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
b445bbb4
JM
4116 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
4117 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
2598090b
JH
4118 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
4119 list = entry[,list]
4120
4121 The type attributes are:
4122 s - String (default)
4123 d - Decimal
4124 x - Hexadecimal
4125 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
4126 i - IP address
4127 m - MAC address
4128
267541f7
JH
4129 The access attributes are:
4130 a - Any (default)
4131 r - Read-only
4132 o - Write-once
4133 c - Change-default
4134
2598090b
JH
4135 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4136 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
b445bbb4 4137 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
2598090b
JH
4138
4139 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
4140 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
4141 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
4142 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
4143 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
4144 ".flags" variable.
4145
bdf1fe4e
JH
4146 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
4147 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
4148 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
4149
267541f7
JH
4150- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
4151 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
4152 access flags.
4153
5c1a7ea6
SG
4154- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
4155 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
4156 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
4157 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
4158 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
4159 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
0a12e687
MY
4160 must support it (i.e. must select HAVE_GENERIC_BOARD in arch/Kconfig).
4161 If you find problems enabling this option on your board please report
4162 the problem and send patches!
5c1a7ea6 4163
0b1b60c7
LV
4164- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
4165 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
4166 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
b445bbb4 4167 the value can be calculated on a given board.
632efa74 4168
0d296cc2
GB
4169- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
4170 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
4171 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
4172 building U-Boot to enable this.
4173
c609719b
WD
4174The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
4175of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
4176following configurations:
4177
c3eb3fe4
MF
4178- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
4179
4180 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
4181 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
4182
5a1aceb0 4183- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
c609719b
WD
4184
4185 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
4186
4187 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
4188 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
4189 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
4190 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
4191 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
4192 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
4193 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
4194 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
4195 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
4196 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
4197 between U-Boot and the environment.
4198
0e8d1586 4199 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
c609719b
WD
4200
4201 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
4202 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
4203 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
4204 for this sector is given here.
4205
6d0f6bcf 4206 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
c609719b 4207
0e8d1586 4208 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
c609719b
WD
4209
4210 This is just another way to specify the start address of
4211 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
0e8d1586 4212 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
c609719b 4213
0e8d1586 4214 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
c609719b
WD
4215
4216 Size of the sector containing the environment.
4217
4218
4219 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
4220 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
4221 the environment.
4222
0e8d1586 4223 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
c609719b 4224
5a1aceb0 4225 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
0e8d1586 4226 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
c609719b
WD
4227 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
4228 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
4229
4230 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
4231 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
4232 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
4233 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
4234 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
4235 updating the environment in flash makes it always
4236 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
4237 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
4238 RAM, your target system will be dead.
4239
0e8d1586
JCPV
4240 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
4241 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
c609719b 4242
43d9616c 4243 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
11ccc33f 4244 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
3e38691e 4245 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
43d9616c 4246 a "saveenv" operation.
c609719b
WD
4247
4248BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
4249source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
4250accordingly!
4251
4252
9314cee6 4253- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
c609719b
WD
4254
4255 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
4256 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
4257 environment.
4258
0e8d1586
JCPV
4259 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4260 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
c609719b 4261
11ccc33f 4262 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
c609719b
WD
4263 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
4264 can just be read and written to, without any special
4265 provision.
4266
4267BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
b445bbb4 4268in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
11ccc33f 4269console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
c609719b
WD
4270U-Boot will hang.
4271
4272Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
4273environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
4274keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
4275to save the current settings.
4276
4277
bb1f8b4f 4278- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
c609719b
WD
4279
4280 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
4281 device and a driver for it.
4282
0e8d1586
JCPV
4283 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4284 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
c609719b
WD
4285
4286 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4287 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
4288
6d0f6bcf 4289 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
c609719b
WD
4290 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
4291 The default address is zero.
4292
189d257b
CG
4293 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS:
4294 If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device.
4295
6d0f6bcf 4296 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
c609719b
WD
4297 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
4298 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
4299 would require six bits.
4300
6d0f6bcf 4301 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
c609719b 4302 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
ba56f625 4303 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
c609719b 4304
6d0f6bcf 4305 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
c609719b
WD
4306 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
4307 that this is NOT the chip address length!
4308
6d0f6bcf 4309 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
5cf91d6b
WD
4310 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
4311 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
4312 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
4313 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
4314 byte chips.
4315
4316 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
4317 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
4318 in the chip address.
4319
6d0f6bcf 4320 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
c609719b
WD
4321 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
4322
548738b4
HS
4323 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
4324 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
4325 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
4326
4327 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
4328 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
4329 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
4330 EEPROM. For example:
4331
ea818dbb 4332 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
548738b4
HS
4333
4334 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
4335 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
c609719b 4336
057c849c 4337- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
5779d8d9 4338
d4ca31c4 4339 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
5779d8d9
WD
4340 want to use for the environment.
4341
0e8d1586
JCPV
4342 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4343 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4344 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
5779d8d9
WD
4345
4346 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
4347 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
4348 at the specified address.
4349
bd83b592
WJ
4350- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
4351
4352 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
4353 want to use for the environment.
4354
4355 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4356 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4357
4358 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4359 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4360 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4361
4362 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
4363
4364 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
4365
4366 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4367
4368 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
4369 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4370 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
4371 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
4372 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4373
4374 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
4375 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
4376
4377 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
4378
4379 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
4380
4381 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
4382
4383 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
4384
4385 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
4386
0a85a9e7
LG
4387- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
4388
4389 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
4390 want to use for the local device's environment.
4391
4392 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4393 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4394
4395 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4396 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4397 local device can get the environment from remote memory
fc54c7fa 4398 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
0a85a9e7
LG
4399
4400BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4401"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
fc54c7fa
LG
4402environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4403but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
0a85a9e7 4404
51bfee19 4405- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
13a5695b
WD
4406
4407 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4408 for the environment.
4409
0e8d1586
JCPV
4410 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4411 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
13a5695b
WD
4412
4413 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
fdd813de
SW
4414 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4415 aligned to an erase block boundary.
5779d8d9 4416
fdd813de 4417 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
e443c944 4418
0e8d1586 4419 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
fdd813de
SW
4420 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4421 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
c0f40859 4422 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
fdd813de
SW
4423 aligned to an erase block boundary.
4424
4425 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4426
4427 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4428 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4429 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4430 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4431 the range to be avoided.
4432
4433 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4434
4435 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4436 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4437 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4438 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4439 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
e443c944 4440
b74ab737
GL
4441- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4442
4443 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4444 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4445 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4446
2b74433f
JH
4447- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4448
4449 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4450 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4451 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4452
4453 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4454
4455 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4456
4457 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4458
4459 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4460 environment in.
4461
785881f7
JH
4462 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4463
4464 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4465 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4466 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4467
2b74433f
JH
4468 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4469 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4470
4471 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4472 when storing the env in UBI.
4473
d1db76f1
WJ
4474- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
4475 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
4476
4477 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
4478
4479 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
4480
4481 - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART:
4482
4483 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
4484 be as following:
4485
4486 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
4487 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
4488 partition table.
4489 - "D:0": device D.
4490 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
4491 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
4492 table.
4493 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
b445bbb4 4494 If none, first valid partition in device D. If no
d1db76f1
WJ
4495 partition table then means device D.
4496
4497 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
4498
4499 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
b445bbb4 4500 environment.
d1db76f1
WJ
4501
4502 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
b445bbb4 4503 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file.
d1db76f1 4504
06e4ae5f
SW
4505- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4506
4507 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4508 environment.
4509
4510 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4511
4512 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4513
4514 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4515
4516 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4517 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4518 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4519
4520 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4521 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4522
4523 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4524 area within the specified MMC device.
4525
5c088ee8
SW
4526 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4527 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4528 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4529 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4530 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4531 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4532 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4533
06e4ae5f
SW
4534 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4535 MMC sector boundary.
4536
4537 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4538
4539 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4540 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4541 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4542 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4543
5c088ee8
SW
4544 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4545 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4546
06e4ae5f
SW
4547 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4548 an MMC sector boundary.
4549
4550 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4551
4552 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4553 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4554 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4555
6d0f6bcf 4556- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
c609719b
WD
4557
4558 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4559 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4560 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4561 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4562 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4563 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4564 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4565
e881cb56 4566Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
c609719b 4567has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
cdb74977 4568created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
c609719b
WD
4569until then to read environment variables.
4570
85ec0bcc
WD
4571The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4572is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4573with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4574necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4575"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4576have any device yet where we could complain.]
c609719b
WD
4577
4578Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4579the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
85ec0bcc 4580use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
c609719b 4581
6d0f6bcf 4582- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
42d1f039 4583 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
fc3e2165 4584
6d0f6bcf 4585 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
fc3e2165
WD
4586 also needs to be defined.
4587
6d0f6bcf 4588- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
42d1f039 4589 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
c609719b 4590
f5675aa5
RM
4591- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4592 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4593 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4594 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4595 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4596 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4597
b2b92f53
SG
4598- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4599 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4600 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4601 to do this.
4602
e2e3e2b1
SG
4603- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4604 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4605 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4606 present.
4607
feb85801
SS
4608- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
4609 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
4610 build system checks that the actual size does not
4611 exceed it.
4612
c609719b 4613Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
dc7c9a1a 4614---------------------------------------------------
c609719b 4615
6d0f6bcf 4616- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
c609719b
WD
4617 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4618
6d0f6bcf 4619- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
c609719b 4620 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
2535d602 4621
42d1f039
WD
4622 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4623 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4624 the IMMR register after a reset.
c609719b 4625
e46fedfe
TT
4626- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4627 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4628 PowerPC SOCs.
4629
4630- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4631 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4632 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4633
4634 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4635 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4636
4637- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4638 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4639 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
c0f40859 4640 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
e46fedfe
TT
4641 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4642 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4643 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4644
4645 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4646 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4647
4648- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
4cf2609b
WD
4649 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4650 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
e46fedfe
TT
4651 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4652 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4653
4654- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4655 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4656 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4657 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4658
4659- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4660 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4661 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4662
7f6c2cbc 4663- Floppy Disk Support:
6d0f6bcf 4664 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
7f6c2cbc
WD
4665
4666 the default drive number (default value 0)
4667
6d0f6bcf 4668 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
7f6c2cbc 4669
11ccc33f 4670 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
7f6c2cbc
WD
4671 (default value 1)
4672
6d0f6bcf 4673 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
7f6c2cbc 4674
43d9616c
WD
4675 defines the offset of register from address. It
4676 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
11ccc33f 4677 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
7f6c2cbc 4678
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
4679 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4680 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
43d9616c 4681 default value.
7f6c2cbc 4682
6d0f6bcf 4683 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
43d9616c
WD
4684 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4685 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
b445bbb4 4686 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
43d9616c 4687 initializations.
7f6c2cbc 4688
0abddf82
ML
4689- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4690 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4691 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4692 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4693 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4694 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
b445bbb4 4695 is required.
0abddf82 4696
6d0f6bcf 4697- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
efe2a4d5 4698 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
25d6712a 4699 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
c609719b 4700
6d0f6bcf 4701- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
c609719b 4702
7152b1d0 4703 Start address of memory area that can be used for
c609719b
WD
4704 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4705 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4706 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4707 will become available only after programming the
4708 memory controller and running certain initialization
4709 sequences.
4710
4711 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4712 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4713 - MPC824X: data cache
4714 - PPC4xx: data cache
4715
6d0f6bcf 4716- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
c609719b
WD
4717
4718 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
4719 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4720 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
c609719b 4721 data is located at the end of the available space
553f0982 4722 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
4723 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4724 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4725 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
c609719b
WD
4726
4727 Note:
4728 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4729 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
6d0f6bcf 4730 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
c609719b
WD
4731 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4732 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4733
6d0f6bcf 4734- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
c609719b 4735
6d0f6bcf 4736- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
c609719b 4737
6d0f6bcf 4738- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
c609719b 4739
6d0f6bcf 4740- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
c609719b 4741
6d0f6bcf 4742- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
c609719b 4743
6d0f6bcf 4744- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
c609719b 4745
6d0f6bcf 4746- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
c609719b
WD
4747 SDRAM timing
4748
6d0f6bcf 4749- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
c609719b
WD
4750 periodic timer for refresh
4751
6d0f6bcf 4752- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
c609719b 4753
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
4754- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4755 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4756 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4757 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
c609719b
WD
4758 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4759
4760- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
4761 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4762 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
c609719b
WD
4763 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4764
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
4765- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4766 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
c609719b
WD
4767 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4768 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4769
6d0f6bcf 4770- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
c609719b
WD
4771 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4772 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4773
6d0f6bcf 4774- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
b423d055
HS
4775 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4776 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4777
6d0f6bcf 4778- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
c609719b
WD
4779 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4780 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4781
6d0f6bcf 4782- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
c609719b
WD
4783 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4784 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4785 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4786
6d0f6bcf 4787- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
43d9616c
WD
4788 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4789 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4790 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4791 cpm_8260.h.
ea909b76 4792
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
4793- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4794 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4795 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4796 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4797 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4798 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4799 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4800 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
a47a12be 4801 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
5d232d0e 4802
9cacf4fc
DE
4803- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4804 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4805 required.
4806
69fd2d3b 4807- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
b445bbb4 4808 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
69fd2d3b
AS
4809 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4810 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4811 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4812 by coreboot or similar.
4813
842033e6
GJ
4814- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4815 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4816
a09b9b68
KG
4817- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4818 Chip has SRIO or not
4819
4820- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4821 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4822
4823- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4824 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4825
c8b28152
LG
4826- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4827 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4828
a09b9b68
KG
4829- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4830 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4831
4832- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4833 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4834
4835- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4836 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4837
66bd1846
FE
4838- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4839 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4840 a 16 bit bus.
4841 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
a430e916 4842 Example of drivers that use it:
66bd1846 4843 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
a430e916 4844 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
eced4626
AW
4845
4846- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4847 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4848 a default value will be used.
4849
bb99ad6d 4850- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
218ca724
WD
4851 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4852 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4853
bb99ad6d
BW
4854 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4855 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4856
6d0f6bcf 4857- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
218ca724
WD
4858 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4859 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4860 to something your driver can deal with.
bb99ad6d 4861
1b3e3c4f
YS
4862- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4863 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4864 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4865 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4866 header files or board specific files.
4867
6f5e1dc5
YS
4868- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4869 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4870
e32d59a2
YS
4871- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
4872 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
4873
4516ff81
YS
4874- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
4875 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
4876
6d0f6bcf 4877- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
218ca724
WD
4878 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4879 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
2ad6b513 4880
c26e454d
WD
4881- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4882 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4883
4884- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4885 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
6e592385
WD
4886 to the given FEC; i. e.
4887 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
c26e454d
WD
4888 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4889
4890 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4891
4892- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4893 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4894 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4895
4896- CONFIG_RMII
4897 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4898 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4899 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4900
5cf91d6b
WD
4901- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4902 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4903 The syntax is:
4904
4905 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4906
4907 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4908 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4909 area should have.
4910
56523f12
WD
4911- CONFIG_LOOPW
4912 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
602ad3b3 4913 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
56523f12 4914
7b466641
SR
4915- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4916 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4917 "md/mw" commands.
4918 Examples:
4919
efe2a4d5 4920 => mdc.b 10 4 500
7b466641
SR
4921 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4922
efe2a4d5 4923 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
7b466641
SR
4924 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4925
efe2a4d5 4926 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
602ad3b3 4927 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
7b466641 4928
8aa1a2d1 4929- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
afc1ce82 4930 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
844f07d8
WD
4931 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4932 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4933 relocate itself into RAM.
4934
4935 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4936 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4937 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4938 these initializations itself.
8aa1a2d1 4939
401bb30b 4940- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
df81238b
ML
4941 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4942 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4943 compiling a NAND SPL.
400558b5 4944
3aa29de0
YZ
4945- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4946 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4947 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4948 It is loaded by the SPL.
4949
5df572f0
YZ
4950- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4951 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4952 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4953 previous 4k of the .text section.
4954
4213fc29
SG
4955- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4956 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4957 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4958 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4959 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4960 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4961 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4962 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4963
d8834a13
MW
4964- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4965 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4966 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4967 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4968 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4969
588a13f7
SG
4970- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4971 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4972 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
b16f521a 4973
fc33705e
MJ
4974- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4975 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4976
4977 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
5b5ece9e 4978
16678eb4
HS
4979- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4980 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4981
999d7d32
KM
4982- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4983 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4984 driver that uses this:
4985 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4986
f2717b47
TT
4987Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4988-----------------------------------
4989
4990The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4991loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4992This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4993are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4994within that device.
4995
dcf1d774
ZQ
4996- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4997 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4998 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4999 is also specified.
5000
5001- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
5002 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
f2717b47
TT
5003 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
5004 is also specified.
5005
5006- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
5007 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
5008 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
5009 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
5010 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
5011
5012- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
5013 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
5014 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
5015 virtual address in NOR flash.
5016
5017- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
5018 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
5019 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
5020
5021- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
5022 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
5023 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5024
5025- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
5026 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
5027 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5028
292dc6c5
LG
5029- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
5030 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
5031 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
fc54c7fa
LG
5032 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
5033 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
5034 master's memory space.
f2717b47 5035
b940ca64
GR
5036Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
5037---------------------------------------------------------
5038The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
5039"firmware".
5040This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
5041are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
5042within that device.
5043
5044- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
5045 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
5046
5047- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR
5048 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
5049 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro
5050 is also specified.
5051
5052- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH
5053 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
5054 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
5055 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
5056 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
5057
5058- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR
5059 Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
5060 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the
5061 virtual address in NOR flash.
5062
5c055089
PK
5063Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
5064-------------------------------------------
5065The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
5066"Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
5067This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
5068
5069- CONFIG_FSL_DEBUG_SERVER
5070 Enable the Debug Server for Layerscape SoCs.
5071
5072- CONFIG_SYS_DEBUG_SERVER_DRAM_BLOCK_MIN_SIZE
5073 Define minimum DDR size required for debug server image
5074
5075- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE_MIN
5076 Define minimum DDR size to be hided from top of the DDR memory
5077
f3f431a7
PK
5078Reproducible builds
5079-------------------
5080
5081In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
5082process have to be set to a fixed value.
5083
5084This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
5085SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
5086option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
5087
5088SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
5089
c609719b
WD
5090Building the Software:
5091======================
5092
218ca724
WD
5093Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
5094and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
5095all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
5096(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
5097recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
5098which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
c609719b 5099
218ca724
WD
5100If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
5101have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
5102you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
5103Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
5104necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
c609719b 5105
218ca724
WD
5106 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
5107 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
c609719b 5108
2f8d396b
PT
5109Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
5110 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
5111 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
5112 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
5113
5114 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
5115
5116 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
5117 be executed on computers running Windows.
5118
218ca724
WD
5119U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
5120sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
c609719b
WD
5121is done by typing:
5122
ab584d67 5123 make NAME_defconfig
c609719b 5124
ab584d67 5125where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
4d675ae6 5126rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
db01a2ea 5127
2729af9d
WD
5128Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
5129 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
5130 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
5131 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
11ccc33f 5132 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
2729af9d 5133
ab584d67 5134 make TQM823L_defconfig
2729af9d
WD
5135 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
5136
ab584d67 5137 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
2729af9d
WD
5138 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
5139
5140 etc.
5141
5142
5143Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
5144images ready for download to / installation on your system:
5145
5146- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
5147- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
5148- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
5149
baf31249
MB
5150By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
5151in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
5152this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
5153
51541. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
5155
5156 make O=/tmp/build distclean
ab584d67 5157 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
baf31249
MB
5158 make O=/tmp/build all
5159
adbba996 51602. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
baf31249 5161
adbba996 5162 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
baf31249 5163 make distclean
ab584d67 5164 make NAME_defconfig
baf31249
MB
5165 make all
5166
adbba996 5167Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
baf31249
MB
5168variable.
5169
2729af9d
WD
5170
5171Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
5172for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
5173native "make".
5174
5175
5176If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
5177to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
5178steps:
5179
51801. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
4d675ae6
MJ
5181 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
5182 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
2729af9d
WD
51832. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
5184 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
5185 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
51863. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
5187 your board
51883. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
5189 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
ab584d67 51904. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
2729af9d
WD
51915. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
5192 to be installed on your target system.
51936. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
5194 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
5195
5196
5197Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
5198==============================================================
5199
218ca724
WD
5200If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
5201or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
2729af9d
WD
5202provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
5203the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
218ca724 5204official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
2729af9d 5205
218ca724
WD
5206But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
5207cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
2729af9d
WD
5208the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
5209just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
218ca724
WD
5210for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
5211select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
5212environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
5213you can type
2729af9d
WD
5214
5215 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
5216
5217or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
5218
5219 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
5220
218ca724
WD
5221When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
5222U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
5223setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
5224built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
5225<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
5226location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
5227variable. For example:
baf31249
MB
5228
5229 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
5230 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
5231 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
5232
218ca724
WD
5233With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
5234log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
5235during the whole build process.
baf31249
MB
5236
5237
2729af9d
WD
5238See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
5239
5240
5241Monitor Commands - Overview:
5242============================
5243
5244go - start application at address 'addr'
5245run - run commands in an environment variable
5246bootm - boot application image from memory
5247bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
44f074c7 5248bootz - boot zImage from memory
2729af9d
WD
5249tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
5250 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
5251 (and eventually "gatewayip")
1fb7cd49 5252tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
2729af9d
WD
5253rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
5254diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
5255loads - load S-Record file over serial line
5256loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
5257md - memory display
5258mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
5259nm - memory modify (constant address)
5260mw - memory write (fill)
5261cp - memory copy
5262cmp - memory compare
5263crc32 - checksum calculation
0f89c54b 5264i2c - I2C sub-system
2729af9d
WD
5265sspi - SPI utility commands
5266base - print or set address offset
5267printenv- print environment variables
5268setenv - set environment variables
5269saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
5270protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
5271erase - erase FLASH memory
5272flinfo - print FLASH memory information
10635afa 5273nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
2729af9d
WD
5274bdinfo - print Board Info structure
5275iminfo - print header information for application image
5276coninfo - print console devices and informations
5277ide - IDE sub-system
5278loop - infinite loop on address range
56523f12 5279loopw - infinite write loop on address range
2729af9d
WD
5280mtest - simple RAM test
5281icache - enable or disable instruction cache
5282dcache - enable or disable data cache
5283reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
5284echo - echo args to console
5285version - print monitor version
5286help - print online help
5287? - alias for 'help'
5288
5289
5290Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
5291========================================
5292
5293TODO.
5294
5295For now: just type "help <command>".
5296
5297
5298Environment Variables:
5299======================
5300
5301U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
5302can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
c609719b 5303
2729af9d
WD
5304Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
5305"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
5306without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
5307environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
5308working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
5309environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
c609719b 5310
c96f86ee
WD
5311Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
5312
5313List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
c609719b 5314
2729af9d 5315 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
c609719b 5316
2729af9d 5317 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
c609719b 5318
2729af9d 5319 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
4a6fd34b 5320
2729af9d 5321 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
c609719b 5322
2729af9d 5323 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
c609719b 5324
7d721e34
BS
5325 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5326 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5327 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
5328 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
5329 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
5330 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
c3624e6e
GL
5331 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
5332 bootm_mapsize.
5333
c0f40859 5334 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
c3624e6e
GL
5335 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
5336 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
5337 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
5338 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
5339 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
5340 used otherwise.
7d721e34
BS
5341
5342 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5343 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5344 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
5345 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
5346 environment variable.
5347
4bae9090
BS
5348 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
5349 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
5350 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
5351
2729af9d
WD
5352 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
5353 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
5354 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
5355 load any image using TFTP
c609719b 5356
2729af9d
WD
5357 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
5358 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
5359 be automatically started (by internally calling
5360 "bootm")
38b99261 5361
2729af9d
WD
5362 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
5363 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
5364 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
5365 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
5366 data.
c609719b 5367
a28afca5
DL
5368 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
5369 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
fa34f6b2
SG
5370 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
5371 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
5372 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
5373 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
5374 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
5375 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
5376 access it during the boot procedure.
5377
a28afca5
DL
5378 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
5379 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
5380 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
5381 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
5382 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
5383 must be accessible by the kernel.
5384
eea63e05
SG
5385 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
5386 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
5387 defined.
5388
17ea1177
WD
5389 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
5390 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
5391 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
5392 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
5393 it must be saved and board must be reset.
5394
2729af9d
WD
5395 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
5396 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
5397 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
5398 is usually what you want since it allows for
5399 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
5400 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
6d0f6bcf 5401 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
2729af9d
WD
5402 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
5403 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
5404 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
5405 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
c609719b 5406
2729af9d
WD
5407 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
5408 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
5409 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
5410 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
5411 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
5412 12 MB as well - this can be done with
c609719b 5413
2729af9d 5414 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
c609719b 5415
2729af9d
WD
5416 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
5417 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
5418 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
5419 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
5420 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
5421 boot time on your system, but requires that this
5422 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
c609719b 5423
2729af9d 5424 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
c609719b 5425
2729af9d
WD
5426 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
5427 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
c609719b 5428
2729af9d 5429 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
a3d991bd 5430
2729af9d 5431 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
a3d991bd 5432
2729af9d 5433 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
a3d991bd 5434
2729af9d 5435 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
a3d991bd 5436
2729af9d 5437 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
c609719b 5438
e2a53458 5439 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
c609719b 5440
e2a53458
MF
5441 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
5442 For example you can do the following
c609719b 5443
48690d80
HS
5444 => setenv ethact FEC
5445 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
5446 => setenv ethact SCC
5447 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
c609719b 5448
e1692577
MF
5449 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
5450 available network interfaces.
5451 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
5452
c96f86ee 5453 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
2729af9d
WD
5454 either succeed or fail without retrying.
5455 When set to "once" the network operation will
5456 fail when all the available network interfaces
5457 are tried once without success.
5458 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
5459 themselves.
c609719b 5460
b4e2f89d 5461 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
a1cf027a 5462
b445bbb4 5463 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
8d51aacd
SG
5464 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
5465 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
5466 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
5467 is silent.
5468
f5fb7346 5469 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
ecb0ccd9
WD
5470 UDP source port.
5471
f5fb7346 5472 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
28cb9375
WD
5473 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
5474
c96f86ee
WD
5475 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5476 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5477
5478 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5479 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5480 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5481 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5482 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5483 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5484 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5485
f5fb7346
AA
5486 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no
5487 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts
5488 can happen during a single file transfer before that
5489 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means
5490 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help
5491 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with
5492 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware.
5493
c96f86ee 5494 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
11ccc33f 5495 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
2729af9d 5496 VLAN tagged frames.
c609719b 5497
dc0b7b0e
JH
5498The following image location variables contain the location of images
5499used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5500not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5501variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5502server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5503loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5504flash or offset in NAND flash.
5505
5506*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
aed9fed9 5507boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
dc0b7b0e
JH
5508boards use these variables for other purposes.
5509
c0f40859
WD
5510Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5511----- --------- ----------- --------------
5512u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5513Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5514device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5515ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
dc0b7b0e 5516
2729af9d
WD
5517The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5518updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5519depending the information provided by your boot server:
c609719b 5520
2729af9d
WD
5521 bootfile - see above
5522 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5523 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5524 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5525 hostname - Target hostname
5526 ipaddr - see above
5527 netmask - Subnet Mask
5528 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5529 serverip - see above
c1551ea8 5530
c1551ea8 5531
2729af9d 5532There are two special Environment Variables:
c1551ea8 5533
2729af9d
WD
5534 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5535 as type string and/or serial number
5536 ethaddr - Ethernet address
c609719b 5537
2729af9d
WD
5538These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5539the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5540once they have been set once.
c609719b 5541
f07771cc 5542
2729af9d 5543Further special Environment Variables:
f07771cc 5544
2729af9d
WD
5545 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5546 with the "version" command. This variable is
5547 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
f07771cc 5548
f07771cc 5549
2729af9d
WD
5550Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5551only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
f07771cc 5552
f07771cc 5553
170ab110
JH
5554Callback functions for environment variables:
5555---------------------------------------------
5556
5557For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
b445bbb4 5558when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
170ab110
JH
5559be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5560deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5561effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5562
5563The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5564U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5565
5566These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5567static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5568in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5569associations. The list must be in the following format:
5570
5571 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5572 list = entry[,list]
5573
5574If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5575Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5576
5577Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5578with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5579override any association in the static list. You can define
5580CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
b445bbb4 5581".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
170ab110 5582
bdf1fe4e
JH
5583If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
5584regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
5585the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
5586
170ab110 5587
2729af9d
WD
5588Command Line Parsing:
5589=====================
f07771cc 5590
2729af9d
WD
5591There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5592the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
c609719b 5593
2729af9d
WD
5594Old, simple command line parser:
5595--------------------------------
c609719b 5596
2729af9d
WD
5597- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5598- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
fe126d8b 5599- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
2729af9d
WD
5600- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5601 for example:
fe126d8b 5602 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
2729af9d
WD
5603- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5604 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
c609719b 5605
2729af9d
WD
5606Hush shell:
5607-----------
c609719b 5608
2729af9d
WD
5609- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5610 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5611 until...do...done, ...
5612- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5613 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5614 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5615 command
5616
5617General rules:
5618--------------
c609719b 5619
2729af9d
WD
5620(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5621 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5622 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5623 executed anyway.
c609719b 5624
2729af9d 5625(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
11ccc33f 5626 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
2729af9d
WD
5627 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5628 variables are not executed.
c609719b 5629
2729af9d
WD
5630Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5631=======================================
c609719b 5632
11ccc33f 5633Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
2729af9d
WD
5634such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5635"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
c609719b 5636
2729af9d
WD
5637Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5638MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5639"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
c609719b 5640
2729af9d
WD
5641If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5642in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5643ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5644variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
c609719b 5645
2729af9d
WD
5646o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5647 environment, the SROM's address is used.
c609719b 5648
2729af9d
WD
5649o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5650 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5651 used.
c609719b 5652
2729af9d
WD
5653o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5654 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
c609719b 5655
2729af9d
WD
5656o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5657 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5658 warning is printed.
c609719b 5659
2729af9d 5660o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
bef1014b
JH
5661 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
5662 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
c609719b 5663
ecee9324 5664If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
c0f40859 5665will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
ecee9324
BW
5666may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5667The naming convention is as follows:
5668"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
c609719b 5669
2729af9d
WD
5670Image Formats:
5671==============
c609719b 5672
3310c549
MB
5673U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5674images in two formats:
5675
5676New uImage format (FIT)
5677-----------------------
5678
5679Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5680to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5681components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5682SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5683
5684
5685Old uImage format
5686-----------------
5687
5688Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5689preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5690details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
c609719b 5691
2729af9d
WD
5692* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5693 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
f5ed9e39
PT
5694 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5695 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5696 INTEGRITY).
7b64fef3 5697* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
afc1ce82
ML
5698 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5699 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
2729af9d
WD
5700* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5701* Load Address
5702* Entry Point
5703* Image Name
5704* Image Timestamp
c609719b 5705
2729af9d
WD
5706The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5707and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5708CRC32 checksums.
c609719b
WD
5709
5710
2729af9d
WD
5711Linux Support:
5712==============
c609719b 5713
2729af9d
WD
5714Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5715easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5716U-Boot.
c609719b 5717
2729af9d
WD
5718U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5719special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5720"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5721instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5722serves several purposes:
c609719b 5723
2729af9d
WD
5724- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5725 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5726 Flash memory footprint)
c609719b 5727
2729af9d
WD
5728- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5729 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
c609719b 5730
2729af9d
WD
5731- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5732 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5733 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5734 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5735 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5736 software is easier now.
c609719b 5737
c609719b 5738
2729af9d
WD
5739Linux HOWTO:
5740============
c609719b 5741
2729af9d
WD
5742Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5743---------------------------------------
c609719b 5744
2729af9d
WD
5745U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5746configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5747(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5748Linux :-).
c609719b 5749
a47a12be 5750But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
24ee89b9 5751
2729af9d
WD
5752Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5753include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
1dc30693
MH
5754Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5755and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
6d0f6bcf 5756as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
24ee89b9 5757
2eb31b13
SG
5758Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5759If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5760is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5761doc/driver-model.
5762
c609719b 5763
2729af9d
WD
5764Configuring the Linux kernel:
5765-----------------------------
c609719b 5766
2729af9d
WD
5767No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5768device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
5769
5770
5771Building a Linux Image:
5772-----------------------
c609719b 5773
2729af9d
WD
5774With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5775not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5776"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5777U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5778which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5779100% compatible format.
5780
5781Example:
5782
ab584d67 5783 make TQM850L_defconfig
2729af9d
WD
5784 make oldconfig
5785 make dep
5786 make uImage
5787
5788The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5789encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5790CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
5791
5792* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
5793
5794* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
5795
5796 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5797 -R .note -R .comment \
5798 -S vmlinux linux.bin
5799
5800* compress the binary image:
5801
5802 gzip -9 linux.bin
5803
5804* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
5805
5806 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5807 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5808 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
c609719b 5809
c609719b 5810
2729af9d
WD
5811The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5812with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5813combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5814byte header containing information about target architecture,
5815operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5816stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
5817
5818"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5819print the header information, or to build new images.
5820
5821In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5822contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5823checksum verification:
c609719b 5824
2729af9d
WD
5825 tools/mkimage -l image
5826 -l ==> list image header information
5827
5828The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5829from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
5830
5831 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5832 -n name -d data_file image
5833 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5834 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5835 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5836 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5837 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5838 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5839 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5840 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
5841
69459791
WD
5842Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5843address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5844kernel version:
2729af9d
WD
5845
5846- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5847- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
5848
5849So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
5850
5851 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5852 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
a47a12be 5853 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
2729af9d
WD
5854 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5855 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5856 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5857 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5858 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5859 Load Address: 0x00000000
5860 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5861
5862To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
5863
5864 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5865 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5866 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5867 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5868 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5869 Load Address: 0x00000000
5870 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5871
5872NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5873speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5874needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5875need to be uncompressed:
5876
a47a12be 5877 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
2729af9d
WD
5878 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5879 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
a47a12be 5880 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
2729af9d
WD
5881 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5882 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5883 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5884 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5885 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5886 Load Address: 0x00000000
5887 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5888
5889
5890Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5891when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
5892
5893 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5894 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5895 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5896 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5897 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5898 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5899 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5900 Load Address: 0x00000000
5901 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5902
a804b5ce
GMF
5903The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5904option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5905option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5906from the image:
5907
f41f5b7c
GMF
5908 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
5909 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
5910 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5911 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
a804b5ce 5912
2729af9d
WD
5913
5914Installing a Linux Image:
5915-------------------------
5916
5917To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5918you must convert the image to S-Record format:
5919
5920 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
5921
5922The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5923image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5924address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5925specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5926command.
5927
5928Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5929TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
5930
5931 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
5932
5933 .......... done
5934 Erased 8 sectors
5935
5936 => loads 40100000
5937 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5938 ~>examples/image.srec
5939 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5940 ...
5941 15989 15990 15991 15992
5942 [file transfer complete]
5943 [connected]
5944 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
5945
5946
5947You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
218ca724 5948this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
2729af9d
WD
5949corruption happened:
5950
5951 => imi 40100000
5952
5953 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5954 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5955 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5956 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5957 Load Address: 00000000
5958 Entry Point: 0000000c
5959 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5960
5961
5962Boot Linux:
5963-----------
5964
5965The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5966memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5967of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5968parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5969"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
5970
5971
5972 => printenv bootargs
5973 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
5974
5975 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5976
5977 => printenv bootargs
5978 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5979
5980 => bootm 40020000
5981 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5982 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5983 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5984 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5985 Load Address: 00000000
5986 Entry Point: 0000000c
5987 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5988 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5989 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5990 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5991 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5992 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5993 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5994 ...
5995
11ccc33f 5996If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
2729af9d
WD
5997the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5998format!) to the "bootm" command:
5999
6000 => imi 40100000 40200000
6001
6002 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
6003 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
6004 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6005 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
6006 Load Address: 00000000
6007 Entry Point: 0000000c
6008 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6009
6010 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
6011 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
6012 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
6013 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
6014 Load Address: 00000000
6015 Entry Point: 00000000
6016 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6017
6018 => bootm 40100000 40200000
6019 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
6020 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
6021 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6022 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
6023 Load Address: 00000000
6024 Entry Point: 0000000c
6025 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6026 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
6027 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
6028 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
6029 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
6030 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
6031 Load Address: 00000000
6032 Entry Point: 00000000
6033 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6034 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
6035 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
6036 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
6037 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
6038 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
6039 ...
6040 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
6041 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
6042
6043 bash#
6044
0267768e
MM
6045Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
6046-----------
6047
6048First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
6049titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
6050following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
6051flat device tree:
6052
6053=> print oftaddr
6054oftaddr=0x300000
6055=> print oft
6056oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
6057=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
6058Speed: 1000, full duplex
6059Using TSEC0 device
6060TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
6061Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
6062Load address: 0x300000
6063Loading: #
6064done
6065Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
6066=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
6067Speed: 1000, full duplex
6068Using TSEC0 device
6069TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
6070Filename 'uImage'.
6071Load address: 0x200000
6072Loading:############
6073done
6074Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
6075=> print loadaddr
6076loadaddr=200000
6077=> print oftaddr
6078oftaddr=0x300000
6079=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
6080## Booting image at 00200000 ...
a9398e01
WD
6081 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
6082 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6083 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
0267768e 6084 Load Address: 00000000
a9398e01 6085 Entry Point: 00000000
0267768e
MM
6086 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6087 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
6088Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
6089Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
6090Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
6091[snip]
6092
6093
2729af9d
WD
6094More About U-Boot Image Types:
6095------------------------------
6096
6097U-Boot supports the following image types:
6098
6099 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
6100 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
6101 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
6102 the Standalone Program.
6103 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
6104 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
6105 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
6106 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
6107 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
6108 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
6109 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
6110 being started.
6111 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
6112 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
6113 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
6114 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
6115 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
6116 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
6117
6118 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
6119 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
6120 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
6121 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
6122 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
6123 a multiple of 4 bytes).
6124
6125 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
6126 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
6127 flash memory.
6128
6129 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
6130 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
6131 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
6132 as command interpreter.
6133
44f074c7
MV
6134Booting the Linux zImage:
6135-------------------------
6136
6137On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
6138using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
6139as the syntax of "bootm" command.
6140
8ac28563 6141Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
017e1f3f
MV
6142kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
6143address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
6144format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
6145
2729af9d
WD
6146
6147Standalone HOWTO:
6148=================
6149
6150One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
6151run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
6152U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
6153
6154Two simple examples are included with the sources:
6155
6156"Hello World" Demo:
6157-------------------
6158
6159'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
6160application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
6161It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
6162like that:
6163
6164 => loads
6165 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6166 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
6167 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6168 [file transfer complete]
6169 [connected]
6170 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
6171
6172 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
6173 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6174 Hello World
6175 argc = 7
6176 argv[0] = "40004"
6177 argv[1] = "Hello"
6178 argv[2] = "World!"
6179 argv[3] = "This"
6180 argv[4] = "is"
6181 argv[5] = "a"
6182 argv[6] = "test."
6183 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
6184 Hit any key to exit ...
6185
6186 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
6187
6188Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
6189handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
6190Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
6191The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
6192character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
6193controlled by the following keys:
6194
6195 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
6196 b - enable interrupts and start timer
6197 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
6198 q - quit application
6199
6200 => loads
6201 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6202 ~>examples/timer.srec
6203 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6204 [file transfer complete]
6205 [connected]
6206 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
6207
6208 => go 40004
6209 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6210 TIMERS=0xfff00980
6211 Using timer 1
6212 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
6213
6214Hit 'b':
6215 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
6216 Enabling timer
6217Hit '?':
6218 [q, b, e, ?] ........
6219 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
6220Hit '?':
6221 [q, b, e, ?] .
6222 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
6223Hit '?':
6224 [q, b, e, ?] .
6225 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
6226Hit '?':
6227 [q, b, e, ?] .
6228 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
6229Hit 'e':
6230 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
6231Hit 'q':
6232 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
6233
6234
6235Minicom warning:
6236================
6237
6238Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
6239"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
6240consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
6241Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
6242especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
e53515a2
KP
6243use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
6244http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
6245for help with kermit.
6246
2729af9d
WD
6247
6248Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
6249configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
6250
6251 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
6252 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
6253 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
6254
6255
6256NetBSD Notes:
6257=============
6258
6259Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
6260(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
6261
6262Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
6263NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
6264need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
6265Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
6266attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
6267missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
6268
6269 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
6270 # mkdir powerpc
6271 # ln -s powerpc machine
6272 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
6273 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
6274
6275Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
6276and U-Boot include files.
6277
6278Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
6279stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
6280proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
6281tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
2a8af187 6282meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
2729af9d
WD
6283
6284
6285Implementation Internals:
6286=========================
6287
6288The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
6289implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
6290inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
6291hardware.
6292
6293
6294Initial Stack, Global Data:
6295---------------------------
6296
6297The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
6298starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
6299system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
6300This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
6301is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
6302at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
6303options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
6304models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
6305MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
6306locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
6307
218ca724 6308 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
0668236b 6309 U-Boot mailing list:
2729af9d
WD
6310
6311 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
6312 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
6313 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
6314 ...
6315
6316 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
6317 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
6318 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
6319 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
6320 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
11ccc33f 6321 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
2729af9d
WD
6322 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
6323 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
6324
6325 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
6326 is another option for the system designer to use as an
11ccc33f 6327 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
2729af9d
WD
6328 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
6329 board designers haven't used it for something that would
6330 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
6331 used.
6332
6d0f6bcf 6333 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
2729af9d
WD
6334 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
6335 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
8a316c9b 6336 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
2729af9d
WD
6337 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
6338 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
6339 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
6340 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
6341 you get the config right.
6342
6343 -Chris Hallinan
6344 DS4.COM, Inc.
6345
6346It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
6347code for the initialization procedures:
6348
6349* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
6350 to write it.
6351
b445bbb4 6352* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
2729af9d
WD
6353 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
6354 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
6355
6356* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
6357 that.
6358
6359Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
b445bbb4 6360normal global data to share information between the code. But it
2729af9d
WD
6361turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
6362simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
6363functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
6364functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
6365the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
6366place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
6367reserve for this purpose.
6368
6369When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
6370relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
6371GCC's implementation.
6372
6373For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
6374 R1: stack pointer
e7670f6c 6375 R2: reserved for system use
2729af9d
WD
6376 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
6377 R5-R10: parameter passing
6378 R13: small data area pointer
6379 R30: GOT pointer
6380 R31: frame pointer
6381
e6bee808
JT
6382 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
6383 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
6384 going back and forth between asm and C)
2729af9d 6385
e7670f6c 6386 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
2729af9d
WD
6387
6388 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
6389 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
6390 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
6391 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
6392 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
6393 624 text + 127 data).
6394
c4db335c 6395On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
4c58eb55
MF
6396 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
6397
c4db335c 6398 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
4c58eb55 6399
2729af9d
WD
6400On ARM, the following registers are used:
6401
6402 R0: function argument word/integer result
6403 R1-R3: function argument word
12eba1b4
JH
6404 R9: platform specific
6405 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
2729af9d
WD
6406 R11: argument (frame) pointer
6407 R12: temporary workspace
6408 R13: stack pointer
6409 R14: link register
6410 R15: program counter
6411
12eba1b4
JH
6412 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
6413
6414 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
2729af9d 6415
0df01fd3
TC
6416On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
6417 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
6418
6419 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
6420
6421 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
6422 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
6423
afc1ce82
ML
6424On NDS32, the following registers are used:
6425
6426 R0-R1: argument/return
6427 R2-R5: argument
6428 R15: temporary register for assembler
6429 R16: trampoline register
6430 R28: frame pointer (FP)
6431 R29: global pointer (GP)
6432 R30: link register (LP)
6433 R31: stack pointer (SP)
6434 PC: program counter (PC)
6435
6436 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
6437
d87080b7
WD
6438NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
6439or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
2729af9d
WD
6440
6441Memory Management:
6442------------------
6443
6444U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
6445MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
6446
6447The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
6448controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
6449memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
6450physical memory banks.
6451
6452U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
6453TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
6454booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
6455to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
6d0f6bcf 6456memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
2729af9d
WD
6457configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
6458Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
6459
6460Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
6461of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
6462
6463So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
6464this:
6465
6466 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
6467 :
6468 0x0000 1FFF
6469 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
6470 :
6471 :
6472
6473 :
6474 :
6475 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
6476 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
6477 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
6478 :
6479 0x00FD FFFF
6480 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
6481 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
6482 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
6483 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
6484
6485
6486System Initialization:
6487----------------------
c609719b 6488
2729af9d 6489In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
11ccc33f 6490(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
b445bbb4 6491configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
2729af9d
WD
6492To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6493To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6494initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6495which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6496part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6497the caches and the SIU.
6498
6499Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6500preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6501(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6502on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6503programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6504simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6505banks.
6506
6507When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6508different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6509bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
65100x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6511contiguous memory starting from 0.
6512
6513Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6514and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6515Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6516pages, and the final stack is set up.
6517
6518Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6519until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6520running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6521new address in RAM.
6522
6523
6524U-Boot Porting Guide:
6525----------------------
c609719b 6526
2729af9d
WD
6527[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6528list, October 2002]
c609719b
WD
6529
6530
6c3fef28 6531int main(int argc, char *argv[])
2729af9d
WD
6532{
6533 sighandler_t no_more_time;
c609719b 6534
6c3fef28
JVB
6535 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6536 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
c609719b 6537
2729af9d 6538 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
6c3fef28 6539 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
c609719b
WD
6540 return 0;
6541 }
6542
2729af9d
WD
6543 Download latest U-Boot source;
6544
0668236b 6545 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
2729af9d 6546
6c3fef28
JVB
6547 if (clueless)
6548 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
2729af9d
WD
6549
6550 while (learning) {
6551 Read the README file in the top level directory;
6c3fef28
JVB
6552 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6553 Read applicable doc/*.README;
2729af9d 6554 Read the source, Luke;
6c3fef28 6555 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
2729af9d
WD
6556 }
6557
6c3fef28
JVB
6558 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6559 Buy a BDI3000;
6560 else
2729af9d 6561 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
2729af9d 6562
6c3fef28
JVB
6563 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6564 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6565 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6566 } else {
6567 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6568 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
6569 }
6570 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6571 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
6572
6573 while (!accepted) {
6574 while (!running) {
6575 do {
6576 Add / modify source code;
6577 } until (compiles);
6578 Debug;
6579 if (clueless)
6580 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6581 }
6582 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6583 if (reasonable critiques)
6584 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6585 else
6586 Defend code as written;
2729af9d 6587 }
2729af9d
WD
6588
6589 return 0;
6590}
6591
6592void no_more_time (int sig)
6593{
6594 hire_a_guru();
6595}
6596
c609719b 6597
2729af9d
WD
6598Coding Standards:
6599-----------------
c609719b 6600
2729af9d 6601All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
2c051651 6602coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
7ca9296e 6603"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
2c051651
DZ
6604
6605Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6606MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
b445bbb4 6607reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
2c051651
DZ
6608sources.
6609
6610Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6611Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6612in your code.
c609719b 6613
2729af9d
WD
6614Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6615- remove any trailing white space
7ca9296e 6616- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
2729af9d 6617- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
7ca9296e 6618- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
2729af9d 6619- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
180d3f74 6620
2729af9d
WD
6621Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6622with a request to reformat the changes.
c609719b
WD
6623
6624
2729af9d
WD
6625Submitting Patches:
6626-------------------
c609719b 6627
2729af9d
WD
6628Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6629establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6630may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
c609719b 6631
0d28f34b 6632Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
218ca724 6633
0668236b
WD
6634Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6635see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6636
2729af9d
WD
6637When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6638it:
c609719b 6639
2729af9d
WD
6640* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6641 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6642 patch actually fixes something.
c609719b 6643
2729af9d
WD
6644* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6645 implementation.
c609719b 6646
2729af9d 6647* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
c609719b 6648
2729af9d 6649* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
c609719b 6650
27af930e
AA
6651* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6652 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
c609719b 6653
2729af9d
WD
6654* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6655 document these in the README file.
c609719b 6656
218ca724
WD
6657* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6658 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
7ca9296e 6659 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
218ca724
WD
6660 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6661 with some other mail clients.
6662
6663 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6664 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6665 GNU diff.
c609719b 6666
218ca724
WD
6667 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6668 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6669 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6670 affected files).
6dff5529 6671
218ca724
WD
6672 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6673 and compressed attachments must not be used.
c609719b 6674
2729af9d
WD
6675* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6676 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
52f52c14 6677
2729af9d
WD
6678* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6679 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
8bde7f77 6680
52f52c14 6681
2729af9d 6682Notes:
c609719b 6683
2729af9d
WD
6684* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6685 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6686 for any of the boards.
c609719b 6687
2729af9d
WD
6688* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6689 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6690 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
c609719b 6691
2729af9d
WD
6692* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6693 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6694 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6695 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6696 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6697 modification.
90dc6704 6698
0668236b
WD
6699* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6700 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6701 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6702 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.